CHALONE WINE GROUP LTD
10-K, 1999-06-29
BEVERAGES
Previous: FNB FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP, 11-K, 1999-06-29
Next: DALTEX MEDICAL SCIENCES INC, SC 13D, 1999-06-29




                        SECURITIES & EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549

                                  ------------

                                    FORM 10-K

                        FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS
                     PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
(Mark One)

[X]      ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR  15(d)  OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 1999

                                       OR

[ ]      TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                         Commission file number 0-13406

                          The Chalone Wine Group, Ltd.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its charter)

               California                             94-1696731
      (State or Other Jurisdiction       (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
    of Incorporation or Organization)

       621 Airpark Road, Napa, CA                       94558
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)              (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code (707) 254-4200


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                            No par value common stock
                                (Title of Class)

Indicate  by check  mark  whether  the  registrant:  (1) has filed  all  reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X]  No [ ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

As of June 8, 1999,  there were 2,958,922  shares of the Company's voting no par
value common  stock,  with an  aggregate  market  value of  $27,370,029  held by
non-affiliates.  For purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by
persons  who hold more  than 5% of the  outstanding  shares of the  Registrant's
common stock and shares held by officers and  directors of the  Registrant  have
been excluded because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of the  definitive  proxy  statement  for the 1999  Annual  Meeting of
Shareholders  of The Chalone Wine Group,  Ltd.  (the "Proxy  Statement"),  to be
filed with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  within 120 days after March
31, 1999, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.


<PAGE>


                                     PART I

Item 1. Business.

   a. General.

     The  Company  produces,  markets  and sells  super,  ultra and  super-ultra
premium white and red varietal table wines,  primarily  Chardonnay,  Pinot Noir,
Cabernet  Sauvignon,  Merlot and  Sauvignon  Blanc.  The  Company  operates  six
wineries; four located in various counties of California, and two located in the
State of Washington.  The Company's wines are made principally from grapes grown
at the Chalone  Vineyard(R),  Carmenet(R)  Vineyard,  Edna  Valley  Vineyard(R),
Company-owned  vineyards adjacent to the Acacia(TM) Winery in California and the
Canoe  Ridge(R)  Vineyard in Washington  State.  These wines are primarily  sold
under  the  labels  "Chalone  Vineyard,"  "Edna  Valley  Vineyard,"  "Carmenet,"
"Acacia," "Canoe Ridge Vineyard," and "Echelon(TM)".

     As a result of a substantial  investment in the Company by France-based Les
Domaines  Barons  de  Rothschild  (Lafite)  ("DBR"),  the  Company  receives  an
allocation of DBR wines,  including the wines of Chateau  Lafite-Rothschild  and
Chateau  Duhart-Milon,  first-growth  and  fourth-growth  Bordeaux region wines,
respectively.

     The Chalone Wine Group,  Ltd. was incorporated  under the laws of the State
of California on June 27, 1969. Unless otherwise  indicated,  the term "Company"
as  used  in  this  report  refers  to The  Chalone  Wine  Group,  Ltd.  and its
consolidated subsidiaries.  The Company became a publicly held reporting company
as the result of an initial public offering of common stock in 1984.  Today, the
Company is one of only nine  publicly-held  U.S.  corporations  whose  principal
business is in the production, marketing and selling of wine.

     Change in Fiscal Year-End

     In 1997, the Company  changed its fiscal year-end from December 31 to March
31.  The  Company  filed a  transition  report  pursuant  to  Section  13 of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 for the three month  period  ending  March 31,
1997.

     Significant Events

     Echelon  Brand:  The Company  introduced  its Echelon  brand in April 1998.
Echelon  brand  wines are  blended  from small lots of wine from  several of the
Company's  California  properties  and  purchased  grapes  and  bulk  wine.  The
suggested retail price for the brand's various wines ranges between $12 and $14.
This price  structure is intended to create wines in a lower price category than
the Company's other wines in the super and  ultra-premium  wine categories.  The
Company  expects the Echelon  brand to increase  the number of its wines  served
by-the-glass  in  restaurants.  This first Echelon  release  consisted of 60,000
cases of 1997 California  Central Coast Chardonnay,  followed by 26,000 cases of
1997 Pinot Noir in  September  1998,  and 36,400 cases of 1997 Merlot in January
1999. The Company plans to release a Syrah during the next year.

     Vintage Lane  Property:  In April 1998,  the Company  purchased  twenty two
acres of prime vineyard land in Sonoma Valley located  approximately seven miles
from the Company's Carmenet  Vineyard.  The Company intends to use the property,
which includes a winery with a 1,200 ton crush capacity, to expand production of
Carmenet's  Dynamite  wines.  In  keeping  with the  Company's  plans to use the
property as a red wine production facility, fourteen acres of existing vineyards
planted to Chardonnay were removed, most of which is expected to be replanted to
Merlot by the end of March 2000.

     Exercise of Warrants:  The Company received gross proceeds of $1 million in
April 1998 upon the sale of 142,857 new shares of its common stock issuable upon
exercise of the Company's outstanding $7.00 warrants issued as of March 29, 1993
(the  "Warrants").  The new shares  issuable  upon exercise of the Warrants were
issued  pursuant to an exemption from the  registration  requirements of federal
and state securities laws. One institutional  warrant-holder,  who exercised all
of its  outstanding  Warrants  during  March,  1998 also  exercised its right to
demand  registration  of 142,857  shares of the Company's  common stock received
upon exercise thereof. The Company filed a shelf registration  statement on Form
S-3 in respect of the  foregoing  shares which became  effective on May 7, 1999.
The proceeds  received from  Warrants  exercised  were used for general  working
capital purposes.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     Carmenet Fire: In July 1996, a wildfire  damaged  approximately  75% of the
producing acreage at the Carmenet Vineyard. Prior to the fire, Carmenet produced
approximately  38,000 cases of wine annually (of which a significant portion was
estate bottled). Carmenet's 1996 grape harvest was reduced roughly in proportion
to the percentage of the vineyard's  overall  producing  acreage  damaged by the
fire.

     The Company has completed  replanting  the damaged  acreage.  Historically,
newly planted vines produce  production-quality  grapes in  approximately  three
years,  although  the vines are  expected to take  approximately  seven years to
return to the full production  levels that pre-dated the fire. Until the damaged
acreage returns to full  production,  Carmenet's  ability to make estate bottled
wines will be limited. Pending the return to full production levels, the Company
intends to  continue  to attempt to buy  suitable  grapes on the open  market to
supplement Carmenet's reduced harvests.  See Item 3(a): Settlement of Litigation
Arising from the Carmenet Fire.

     Convertible  Debentures:  During  April 1999,  holders of the  Company's 5%
Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures  Due  1999  (the  "Debentures")  converted
Debentures  with a face value of $6.5  million  into  738,014  new shares of the
Company's  common stock. At such time,  holders of the remaining $2.0 million in
debentures  elected  not to  exercise  their  conversion  rights and the Company
repaid the $2.0 million using available borrowings under its line of credit.

     Additional  Financing:  On March 31, 1999, the Company moved its borrowings
from Wells Fargo Bank to Cooperatieve Centrale  Raiffeisen-Boerlenleenbank B.A.,
"Rabobank-Nederland,"  New York branch,  In  connection  with this  change,  the
Company  refinanced  approximately  $24 million of its outstanding  secured debt
with Wells Fargo Bank.  Rabobank  will  provide an  aggregate  of $70 million of
available  unsecured  financing,  an increase of approximately $40 million and a
change from secured to unsecured  financing.  Copies of the credit agreement and
related promissory notes are attached hereto as Exhibits.

     Canoe Ridge Expansion:  In September 1998,  Canoe Ridge Vineyard  purchased
its leased winery facility in a recently renovated historic building in downtown
Walla Walla, Washington, together with two parcels adjacent to the winery, for a
total of  $632,000.  The  adjacent  parcels are  intended  for  expansion of the
existing winery's production capacity.

     Edna  Valley  Expansion:  In April  1999,  the Edna  Valley  Joint  Venture
commenced a $2.1 million,  16,000 square foot construction  project, at the Edna
Valley Winery.  Upon  completion,  presently  scheduled during the fall of 1999,
this expansion is expected to double Edna Valley Vineyard's production capacity.

     Acacia Winery:  Lease-Purchase Agreement:  During January 1999, the Company
entered into a lease-purchase  agreement for  approximately 50 acres of vineyard
property  adjacent to the Marina  Vineyards  surrounding the Acacia Winery.  The
lease terminates on December 31, 2023, and requires annual rent payments ranging
from  $74,000  per year in its first year to  $121,000  per year in 2023.  As of
March 31, 1999, the Company made the first of four biannual  payments of $12,000
for an option to acquire this property for $1.1 million.

     Subsequent Event:  Acquisition of Washington State Winery and Related Grape
Contracts:  On June 15,  1999,  the Company  purchased  100% of the  outstanding
shares of SHW Equity Co., a holding  company which, in turn, owns 100% of Staton
Hills Winery and its adjacent vineyards in Yakima County,  Washington.  The cost
of the  acquisition  was  approximately  $6.0 million and was financed  with the
Company's long-term bank line of credit.

     The Company  intends to use the Staton Hills  facility as the home of a new
Washington State wine brand featuring  Merlot and Cabernet  Sauvignon from these
three  viticultural  regions.  The  Company's  present  plan for the new  brand,
expected to be named in the fall of 1999, is to initially  produce  20,000 cases
for sale to the super-premium wine market.

   b. Financial Information about Industry Segments.

     The Company presently operates six wineries,  and also distributes  certain
French,  Chilean and Mexican  wines and small  quantities  of domestic  wines of
other  producers in the United  States.  The  marketing  and sales of all of the
wines are handled on a consolidated  basis in all of the Company's  distribution
channels. Hence, the Company considers all of its business to be within a single
industry segment.

     For the last two fiscal years and the previous calendar year, sales of wine
accounted  for  substantially  all of the  Company's  consolidated  revenues and
operating profits.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

   c. Narrative Description of Business.

     Overview
<TABLE>
     The Company  owns the  following  seven  wineries in the United  States and
France,  either wholly or in partnership with others,  all of which have related
vineyards  with the exception of Edna Valley  Vineyard.  The specific  ownership
structure is as follows:
<CAPTION>
      Property                    Ownership       Form of Ownership                     Location
      --------                    ---------       -----------------                     --------
<S>                                 <C>           <C>                                   <C>
      Chalone                       100.0%        Corporation                           Soledad, California
      Carmenet Vineyard             100.0%        Corporation                           Sonoma, California
      Acacia
          Acacia Winery             100.0%        Corporation                           Napa, California
          Marina Vineyard            50.0%        Partnership                           Napa, California
      Edna Valley Vineyard           50.0%        Partnership                           San Luis Obispo, California
      Canoe Ridge Vineyard           50.5%        Limited liability company             Walla Walla, Washington
      Chateau Duhart-Milon           23.5%        Partnership                           Pauillac, France
      Staton Hills Winery           100.0%        Corporation                           Yakima Valley, Washington
</TABLE>

     With the exception of Chateau  Duhart-Milon  ("Duhart-Milon"),  the Company
manages and operates all of the above properties and consolidates the results of
their operations.  The Company accounts for its investment in Duhart-Milon using
the equity method of accounting.

     Each of the six  domestic  wineries is in a separate  "viticultural  area."
Viticultural  areas are  designations  granted by the Federal Bureau of Alcohol,
Tobacco and Firearms to identify  grape-growing  areas  distinguishable by their
specific and definable  geographic  and climatic  characteristics.  Wineries may
indicate a viticultural area on a bottle label only if 85% or more of the grapes
used to produce the wine were grown in that viticultural area.

     All of the Company's wines are vintage dated, and most of its primary label
wines are estate  bottled.  A vintage dated wine is produced  wholly from grapes
that were  harvested,  crushed and  fermented in the calendar  year shown on the
label.  The  "Estate  Bottled"  designation  may be  applied  only to wines made
exclusively  by one winery from grapes grown on land owned or  controlled by the
winery, all within a single viticultural area.

     For a  more  detailed  description  of the  Company's  properties  and  its
operations, see Item 2, Properties.

     Vineyard Practices

     The Company  believes  that the soils and  climates of the  vineyards  from
which it obtains  its grapes are  particularly  suitable  for the  varieties  of
grapes to which they have been planted.  Mountain  vineyards,  including Chalone
Vineyard and Carmenet  Vineyard,  normally  produce  lower yields of grapes than
valley  vineyards.  Vineyards  situated  closer  to the  floor  of the  valleys,
including  the  cool  Carneros  District  of the Napa  Valley,  from  which  the
Company's Acacia wines are made, tend to produce higher grape yields.

      The Company  generally  manages its vineyards to produce  yields which are
lower than average for similarly situated vineyards in California and Washington
State. It believes that relatively low yields enhance the varietal  character of
the grapes and improve the quality of the resulting wines.

     Agricultural Risks; Phylloxera

     Winemaking  and grape  growing  are  subject to a variety  of  agricultural
risks.  Various  diseases,  pests,  drought,  frosts and certain  other  weather
conditions  can  materially  and  adversely  affect the quality and  quantity of
grapes available to the Company,  thereby materially and adversely affecting the
supply of the Company's products and its profitability.

     Many California vineyards, including vineyards in northern California, have
been infested in recent years with Phylloxera,  a root louse that renders a vine
unproductive  within a few years  following  infestation.  The current strain of
Phylloxera  primarily  affects vines of a certain type.  The Company's  vineyard
properties  are  primarily  planted to  rootstocks  believed to be  resistant to
Phylloxera.  However,  there can be no  assurance  that the  Company's  existing
vineyards,  or the  rootstocks  the  Company  is now using in its  planting  and
replanting  programs,  will not become  susceptible to current or new strains of
Phylloxera,  plant insects or diseases,  any of which could adversely affect the
Company.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     Winemaking Practices

     The  Company's   winemaking   practices  are  derived  primarily  from  the
traditional  methods  of  France,  adapted  to the  particular  requirements  of
California and Washington State. The Company believes that these methods,  while
requiring  relatively high amounts of hand labor, produce the best wines. At the
Chalone  Vineyard and Edna Valley Vineyard  facilities,  the Company follows the
traditional  winemaking  practices  of the Cote d'Or in the  Burgundy  region of
France.  The wines are made from single grape varieties,  principally Pinot Noir
and Chardonnay. The winemaking practices at Acacia Winery, although differing in
some degree from those at Chalone Vineyard and Edna Valley Vineyard, also follow
Burgundian  winemaking  practices and produce wines from single grape varieties.
At Carmenet Vineyard,  the Company follows the practices of the Medoc and Graves
districts in the Bordeaux region of France,  whose wines are generally made from
a blend of varieties.  At Canoe Ridge Vineyard in Washington  State, the Company
follows the winemaking  practices of the Pomerol district in the Bordeaux region
of France which emphasizes Merlot rather than Cabernet Sauvignon grapes.

     All of the  Company's  wineries  are under the overall  supervision  of the
Company's  President and Chief Executive  Officer.  In addition,  each winery is
operated as a separate profit center,  with its own General  Manager,  who is in
most instances also the winemaker.

     The Company imports  approximately 75% of its oak barrels from Burgundy and
Bordeaux.  The remainder are produced in the United  States.  The Company's wine
bottles are made to its  specifications  in the United States and France and are
closed with imported corks, branded with the particular winery's name.

     The Company's  winemaking practices follow the principle that winemaking is
a natural process best managed with a minimum of intervention, but requiring the
attention and dedication of a winemaker.  Notwithstanding  the  relatively  high
level of hand labor utilized in the Company's winemaking processes,  the Company
also makes  extensive  use of modern  laboratory  equipment  and  techniques  to
monitor the progress of each wine through all stages of the winemaking process.

     Wine Production and Wines

     This table sets forth the wine production of the Company for the 1998, 1997
and 1996  vintages.  The wines'  vintage is the year during which the grapes are
harvested.  As of March 31, 1999,  the current year's vintage (1999) had not yet
been harvested and cannot yet be estimated.

     The following  information is presented in terms of "equivalent"  number of
cases because the subject wine is still being aged in barrels and tanks. For the
purpose of this schedule and the discussion  which follows,  wines  purchased by
the Company for resale are excluded.



                                              VINTAGE
                    -----------------   ------------------  -----------------
                           1998                1997               1996
                    -----------------   ------------------  -----------------
                    Equivalent          Equivalent          Equivalent
                    Number of   % of     Number of  % of     Number of  % of
                      Cases     Total     Cases     Total      Cases    Total
                     -------   ------    -------   -------    -------   ------
Chardonnay           231,340       55%   243,900        59%   151,900       62%
Sauvignon Blanc        8,750        2%     7,000         2%     7,200        3%
Pinot Blanc            2,200        1%     3,100         1%     5,900        2%
Other white wines      1,405        0%     5,700         1%     2,700        1%
                     -------   ------    -------   -------    -------   ------
Total white wines    243,695       58%   259,700        63%   167,700       68%
                     -------   ------    -------   -------    -------   ------
Pinot Noir            35,100        8%    54,200        13%    35,100       14%
Cabernet Sauvignon    40,900       10%    46,900        11%    26,300       11%
Merlot                85,500       20%    47,200        12%    14,700        6%
Other red wines       16,200        4%     4,500         1%     1,400        1%
                     -------   ------    -------   -------    -------   ------
Total red wines      177,700       42%   152,800        37%    77,500       32%
                     -------   ------    -------   -------    -------   ------
Total production     421,395      100%   412,500       100%   245,200      100%
                     =======   ======    =======   =======    =======   ======




     The Company's  wines are  fermented and aged  primarily in new and used oak
barrels  before they are  bottled.  Generally,  white wines are aged from six to
nine months and red wines from nine to eighteen months. The wine is then bottled
and stored for further  aging.  White wines are generally  released  between two
months and one year after bottling,  while red wines are released  between three
months to two years after bottling. Although the Company's wines are ready to be
consumed  when sold,  it generally  takes from six months to two years,  and may
take longer, for the wine to fully develop.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     Chalone  Vineyard:  Chalone  Vineyard  production  represented  15%  of the
Company's  consolidated sales dollars and 10% of the consolidated case sales for
the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

     Chalone Vineyard has been producing Chardonnay,  Pinot Blanc and Pinot Noir
(and small  quantities  of Chenin  Blanc) since 1970.  All wines sold under this
label are  produced  from  grapes  grown at the  Chalone  Vineyard  or under the
Company's control at adjacent vineyards, and are estate bottled.

     Carmenet  Vineyard:  Carmenet  Vineyard  production  represented 15% of the
Company's  consolidated sales dollars and 14% of the consolidated case sales for
the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

     The Company  produces  Bordeaux-style  "Meritage" red and white wines under
the  "Carmenet"  label.  The Carmenet red wine is made from Cabernet  Sauvignon,
Merlot and  Cabernet  Franc grapes  grown at the  Carmenet  Vineyard,  is estate
bottled,  and bears the  "Sonoma  Valley"  viticultural  area  designation.  The
Company also produces red wines under the "Carmenet  Dynamite" label,  which are
made from  Cabernet  Sauvignon and Merlot  grapes and bulk wine  purchased  from
various vineyards in the North Coast area of California. The Carmenet white wine
is made from Sauvignon Blanc and Semillon grapes purchased from Paragon Vineyard
Co.,  Inc  ("Paragon")  under a grape  purchase  agreement  and  bears the "Edna
Valley" appellation. See Item 1, Significant Events: Carmenet Fire.

     Edna Valley Vineyard:  Edna Valley Vineyard  production  represented 23% of
the Company's  consolidated sales dollars and 25% of consolidated case sales for
the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

     Edna Valley  Vineyard has been producing  mostly  Chardonnay and Pinot Noir
wines since  1980.  The  majority  of wines sold under the Edna Valley  Vineyard
label are produced from grapes grown by Paragon,  the  Company's  partner in the
Edna Valley Vineyard Joint Venture, and are estate bottled.

     Acacia Winery:  Acacia Winery  production  represented 17% of the Company's
consolidated sales dollars and 15% of the consolidated case sales for the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1999.

     The Company  produces  Chardonnay  and Pinot Noir wines under the  "Acacia"
label.  Most of the grapes for the  production  of Pinot Noir and  approximately
two-thirds of the grapes for Chardonnay  are acquired from various  vineyards in
the Carneros  region,  in most cases pursuant to grape purchase  contracts.  The
remaining  Chardonnay and Pinot Noir grapes are grown on approximately 134 acres
of vineyards  owned and leased by the Company,  which are in the vicinity of the
winery.

     Canoe Ridge Vineyard: Canoe Ridge Vineyard production represented 7% of the
Company's  consolidated  sales dollars and 7% of the consolidated case sales for
the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

     The Canoe Ridge Vineyard commenced  operations in 1994 and produces Merlot,
Cabernet  Sauvignon and Chardonnay wines under the "Canoe Ridge Vineyard" label.
The grapes for these wines are grown at the Company's vineyard in Benton County,
Washington and bear the "Columbia Valley" viticultural area designation.

     Echelon:  Echelon production  represented 12% of the Company's consolidated
sales dollars and 18% of the  consolidated  case sales for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1999.

     The 1997  vintage  was the first to be released  under the  Echelon  label.
Chardonnay,  Merlot and Pinot Noir are produced under the Echelon label and bear
a Central Coast appellation. The Company anticipates releasing a Syrah under the
Echelon label during the next fiscal year.

     Custom Brands:  Part of each winery's  production is occasionally  used for
bottling of custom  brands in addition  to the wines  bottled  under each winery
label.  These custom brands are often comprised of production from other Company
wineries,  for which the  percentage-of-sales  contributions  are already stated
above.

     Custom brands consist primarily of Chardonnay, Cabernet Sauvignon and Pinot
Noir. Quantities of custom brands bottling is highly dependent upon grape supply
and  availability.  As grapes  become more  scarce,  the focus of the  Company's
production  shifts away from custom brands as they are  relatively  lower margin
products.  The Company uses custom brands  primarily as a means of marketing and
selling its label wines and does not intend to focus its efforts in this line of
business.

     Imports & Other: The remaining 11% of the Company's  consolidated sales and
11% of case sales in the year ended March 31, 1999 were  primarily  comprised of
import wines and, to a lesser degree,  domestic  wines  purchased by the Company
for resale purposes.

     Under the terms of various  agreements and  investments  among the Company,
Duhart-Milon and DBR, the Company receives an allocation of the wines of DBR and
Duhart-Milon  including  the  wines of  Chateau  Lafite-Rothschild  and  Chateau
L'Evangile of the Pauillac and Pomerol regions of Bordeaux, respectively, and of
Chateau  Rieussec  of the  Sauternes  region of  Bordeaux.  DBR also  produces a
Pauillac wine exclusively for the Company.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     General

     The  principal raw  materials  used by the Company are oak barrels,  glass,
cork and  grapes.  Oak barrels are  purchased  mostly from France  (75%) and the
United  States.  French oak  barrels  are  preferred  due to Company  tradition,
consumer taste and  preferences.  Cork is produced and manufactured in Portugal,
which is the primary cork-producing country in the world and is purchased in the
United  States.  Sources  of cork  elsewhere  are  relatively  scarce.  Glass is
purchased  from a variety of different  sources  according to specific  needs as
determined  by  the  Company.  A  substantial  portion  of the  Company's  grape
requirements  is produced on the Company's own  vineyards.  The remaining  grape
requirements  are met through  purchases of available  grapes and bulk wine from
California and Washington growers.

     Marketing and Distribution

     The  Company's  wines  are  positioned  in the  higher  end of the  premium
category  (wines selling over $3 per bottle at retail.) The table below presents
the price positioning of its labels across those categories:


                    <PLOT POINTS TO BE SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER>


     The Company sells its wines through direct sales, independent distributors,
brokers and its mailing list.  These wines are then marketed  through  specialty
wine shops and grocery stores,  selected  restaurants,  hotels and private clubs
across the country,  in certain  overseas  markets  and, in limited  quantities,
directly  from its  wineries.  The Company  relies  primarily  on  word-of-mouth
recommendations,   wine   tastings,   articles  in  various   publications   and
Company-sponsored  promotional  activities in order to increase public awareness
of its wines.

     Sales Within California

     Sales and the  marketing of all of the Company's  wines within  California,
including custom brands,  have  historically been made through the Company's own
sales force and through a wholesale marketer,  who acts as a broker. In the year
ending  March 31, 1999,  the Company  began  exclusively  using a broker for all
wholesale California sales.

     The Company offers its reserve  wines,  older wines and other special wines
to its approximately  12,000  shareholders and other consumers directly from its
centralized  distribution  center by telephone or mail order.  The Company sends
two  major  offerings  to  all  mail-order  customers  each  year  and  frequent
additional catalogs exclusively to and for our shareholders. Due to restrictions
on direct  retail  sales of wines  under the laws of other  states,  the Company
confines  direct mail  shipments to purchasers  with addresses in California and
thirteen other states which have  reciprocal  cross-sale  arrangements  with the
State of California.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

     Sales Outside California

     The  Company's  wines are  marketed  by  independent  distributors  outside
California  in 49 states and the  District  of  Columbia  and  Puerto  Rico and,
internationally,  in Bermuda,  the British West Indies, the U.S. Virgin Islands,
Canada,  England,  continental  Europe, Hong Kong, China and Japan. In 1993, the
Company  established a sales and marketing  division,  operating as Chalone Wine
Estates,  to supervise and coordinate sales functions of the Company's  business
and its custom brands operations. The Company employs a number of regional sales
managers who work directly with  distributors  in a particular  region and their
customers.

     Case Sales by Method of Distribution
<TABLE>

     The  following  table sets forth case sales by the Company by  distribution
method for the year ended March 31, 1999,  fiscal year ended 1998,  and calendar
year 1996.
<CAPTION>
                                     Year ended           Year ended           Year ended
                                       March 31,           March 31,          December 31,
                                 ------------------   ------------------   ------------------
                                         1999                1998                 1996
                                 ------------------   ------------------   ------------------
                                 Number of    % of    Number of    % of    Number of    % of
                                   Cases      Total     Cases      Total     Cases      Total
                                  -------   -------    -------   -------    -------   -------
<S>                               <C>            <C>   <C>            <C>   <C>            <C>
Independent distributors
      United States               210,624        56%   144,328        45%   121,403        41%
      International                16,766         4%    12,306         4%    12,574         4%
                                  -------   -------    -------   -------    -------   -------
          Total distributors      227,390        60%   156,634        49%   133,977        45%
                                  -------   -------    -------   -------    -------   -------
Company direct
      California wholesale         99,405        26%    93,418        29%    85,378        29%
      Custom brands                26,453         7%    46,840        15%    52,233        17%
      Catalog and winery retail    26,679         7%    25,639         7%    27,454         9%
                                  -------   -------    -------   -------    -------   -------
          Total Company direct    152,537        40%   165,897        51%   165,065        55%
                                  -------   -------    -------   -------    -------   -------
          Total                   379,927       100%   322,531       100%   299,042       100%
                                  =======   =======    =======   =======    =======   =======

</TABLE>

     Centralized Administration and Warehousing

     The Company's wineries are all supported by a leased 11,500 sq. ft. central
office located in Napa County, California, at the Napa Airport Business Park. In
addition to housing the Company's central executive office, this facility serves
as a central  distribution  center  from  which all of the  Company's  wines are
stored prior to shipping.  The Company also rents separate warehouse  facilities
as needed in local markets.  The central facility lease is for a 15-year initial
term, expiring in November 2008, with a five-year extension option.

     Employees

     On March 31, 1999,  the Company had 130  full-time  employees,  of which 76
were  in  grape  growing  and  winemaking,  16  were  in  sales,  and 38 were in
administration.  During the spring and summer, the Company adds approximately 11
to 16  part-time  employees  for  vineyard  care  and  maintenance  and 70 to 90
part-time  employees for the spring bottling.  In the autumn, up to 65 part-time
employees are hired for the grape harvest and related winery work. The Company's
hiring and employment  policies for both  full-time and part-time  employees are
believed to comply with all relevant laws, including immigration laws.

     None of the employees of the Company  (including  its  subsidiary and joint
ventures) are represented by a union.  The Company  believes that its wage rates
and benefits are competitive and that its relations with the Company's employees
are excellent.

     Regulation; Permits and Licenses

     The  production  and sale of wine are subject to  extensive  regulation  by
various  federal and state  regulatory  agencies,  which  require the Company to
maintain various permits, bonds and licenses.

     In addition to all required winery permits and licenses,  the Company holds
federal importer's and wholesaler's permits and California importer's,  beer and
wine  wholesale,  and beer and wine  retail  (off-sale)  licenses.  Under  these
permits and licenses,  the Company is authorized to import wines into the United
States  from  foreign  countries,  to import  wines into  California  from other
states,  and to warehouse and sell wines other than those of its own production.
The Canoe Ridge  Vineyard  holds its own winery permit and license.  The Company
believes it is in  compliance  with all currently  applicable  federal and state
regulations.

     The  Company's  wines are subject to  California  state and federal  excise
taxes (at the  aggregate  rate of $1.27 per  gallon),  and  varying  other state
excise taxes, payable at the time of shipment to customers.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

     Trademarks

     CHALONE VINEYARD, CARMENET and the Acacia "A" logo are federally registered
trademarks owned by the Company.  EDNA VALLEY VINEYARD is a federally registered
trademark owned by Paragon and licensed  exclusively to the Edna Valley Vineyard
Joint Venture.  CANOE RIDGE is a federally  registered  trademark owned by Canoe
Ridge Vineyard,  LLC. STATON HILLS is a federally  registered trademark owned by
Staton  Hills  Winery  Company,  Ltd.,  which is  expected to be assigned to the
Company  pursuant to the terms of an agreement dated June 15, 1999,  among Peter
Ansdell,  SHW Equity Co. and the Company.  The  foregoing  marks,  except STATON
HILLS,  are also  registered  in Japan with the Japanese  Patent  Office.  These
marks,  and  other  common-law  marks,  are  of  significant  importance  to the
Company's  business  as label  and  brand  recognition  are  important  means of
competition within the wine industry.

     Shareholder Benefits

     Shareholders of the Company are entitled to benefits which are not provided
to other mail-order  customers at large.  For example,  certain wines of limited
production are offered only to shareholders.  Beneficial owners of 100 shares or
more of the  Company's  common  stock are  entitled to a 20%-30%  discount  from
suggested  retail prices on most  mail-order or other direct  purchases from the
Company. The Company has also provided annual discounts to shareholders based on
their  shareholdings  in the  form of a "Wine  Dividend  Credit,"  which  allows
shareholders  owning 100 or more shares to receive a credit towards the purchase
of wines  during the duration of the program.  The Wine  Dividend  Credit may be
used for up to 50% of the wine value of an order and is generally offered in the
fall of each  year.  The  credit  amount was $.12 per share for each of the last
three  years.  The Company  also offers to  shareholders,  at the  shareholders'
expense,  travel programs to various  wine-growing  regions of the world. In the
past,  the Company has provided  travel  programs to France,  Chile,  Australia,
Portugal,  South Africa,  Italy and New Zealand.  Each spring,  shareholders are
invited to attend the Company's annual  Shareholder  Celebration.  For a nominal
fee,  attendees attend an all-day wine tasting,  auction and luncheon,  which is
typically  held on the grounds of the  Chalone  vineyards  in  Monterey  County,
California.  In 1999,  approximately 1450 shareholders and guests from 33 states
and 3 foreign countries attended the luncheon, which featured tastings of all of
the Company's new wines, most of its best wines, and a sumptuous luncheon.

     Seasonality

     See Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of  Operations  below for a  discussion  of the  seasonal  nature of the
Company's business.



                                      -9-
<PAGE>

Item 2. Properties.
<TABLE>
     The Company's principal  winemaking  activities  presently are conducted at
five locations, four in California and one in eastern Washington.  The following
table shows the producing  acreage,  by grape variety,  at the various vineyards
owned,  in whole or in part,  by the  Company,  vineyard  acreage  currently  in
development and the remaining  undeveloped acreage suitable for future planting.
Acreage  listed as  "Developing  and replanted" may consist of acreage which was
unplanted,  or  previously  producing  acreage  which has been, or presently is,
being  replanted.  Due to the  relatively  recent  acquisition  of Staton  Hills
Winery, data on this property is omitted.
<CAPTION>
                                                                             At March 31, 1999
                                                           ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Developing
                                                            Producing     & replanted     Unplanted      Total
                                                           ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------
<S>                                                                <C>              <C>         <C>          <C>
 Chalone Vineyard:
       Chardonnay                                                  110              65            -          175
       Pinot Noir                                                   43             109            -          152
       Pinot Blanc                                                  30               -            -           30
       Chenin Blanc                                                  8               -            -            8
       Other                                                         2              37            -           39
       Unplanted                                                     -               -           98           98
                                                           ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------
           Subtotal                                                193             211           98          502
                                                           ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------
 Carmenet Vineyard:
       Cabernet Sauvignon                                           19              32            -           51
       Cabernet Franc                                               14               6            -           20
       Merlot                                                        4               3            -            7
       Chardonnay                                                    -               -            -            -
       Other                                                         2               5            -            7
       Unplanted                                                     -              11            8           19
                                                           ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------
           Subtotal                                                 39              57            8          104
                                                           ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------
 Acacia Winery (including leasehold interest):
       Chardonnay, Viogner                                          36               -            -           36
       Pinot Noir                                                   15              39            -           54
       Unplanted                                                     -               -           44           44
                                                           ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------
           Subtotal                                                 51              39           44          134
                                                           ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------
 Canoe Ridge Vineyard (including minority interest):
       Cabernet Sauvignon                                           40               8            -           48
       Merlot                                                       64              10            -           74
       Chardonnay                                                   29               -            -           29
       Other                                                         -               6            -            6
       Unplanted                                                     -               -           26           26
                                                           ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------
           Subtotal                                                133              24           26          183
                                                           ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------
           Total Acreage                                           416             331          176          923
                                                           ============ =============== ============ ============

</TABLE>

     Chalone Vineyard

     Chalone  Vineyard  is  located  on  approximately  950  acres in  Monterey,
California (of which 502 acres are  plantable),  approximately  1,500 feet above
the floor of the Salinas Valley,  in a viticultural  area called  "Chalone." The
soil is composed of volcanic  rock over a bed of limestone and is similar to the
soil found in the  Burgundy  region of France.  The  elevation  of the  vineyard
provides natural protection against frost. The area surrounding the vineyard has
an  average  annual  rainfall  of 14  inches.  The  Company's  water  needs  are
supplemented by a reservoir and a well,  which the Company  believes will supply
sufficient water for the vineyard's current and future needs.

     Chalone  Vineyard  was  established  in the early  1920s and is the  oldest
commercial  vineyard in Monterey County.  The Company has produced premium wines
from the  vineyard  since 1969,  when it  acquired  the  vineyard  from a former
director of the Company, the late Richard H. Graff.

     The property includes a tasting room, dining facilities for private parties
and  approximately  8,500 square feet of caves for barrel storage.  The winery's
current production capacity is 48,000 cases.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

     The Company produces  primarily  Chardonnay and Pinot Noir at this facility
and markets these wines under the "Chalone  Vineyard" and  "Gavilan(TM)"  labels
(production of "Gavilan" vintages was discontinued during 1998).

     Carmenet Vineyard

     Carmenet  Vineyard is located on approximately  300 acres in Sonoma County,
California (of which 104 acres are  plantable),  located in the "Sonoma  Valley"
viticultural   area.  On  July  31,  1996,  a  fire  at  the  vineyard   damaged
approximately  75% of  its  producing  acres  which  were  planted  to  Cabernet
Sauvignon, Merlot and Cabernet Franc. The Company has replanted these acres with
essentially  the  same  varieties.  See  Item 1,  Business,  Significant  Events
- -Carmenet Fire.

     The vineyard is situated in the Mayacamas  Mountains just north of the town
of Sonoma,  at an elevation  of 1,200 feet.  The  grapevines  are grown on steep
hillsides in rocky,  well-drained  soil. The average rainfall is 30 inches.  The
Company's water needs are supplemented by two wells,  which the Company believes
will supply sufficient water for the vineyard's  current and future needs, using
a drip  irrigation  system.  As at Chalone  Vineyard,  the elevation of Carmenet
Vineyard provides natural protection against frost.

     In addition to the production area, the property includes a reception area,
dining  facilities  for customers  and guests,  and 15,000 square feet of barrel
caves.  The barrel  caves are bored into a solid rock  hillside  adjacent to the
fermentation building and provide an ideal environment for aging wine in barrels
without artificial temperature control.

     In March 1998, the Company  purchased 22 acres of vineyard land in the Glen
Ellen area of Sonoma Valley, approximately seven miles from the Carmenet Winery.
In addition to the vineyards,  the Glen Ellen  acquisition  included a crush and
fermenting facility with a 1,200-ton capacity, which the Company plans to use to
expand production of Carmenet's "Dynamite" wines. With this recent addition, the
Carmenet winery now has the ability to crush and ferment 92,000 cases.

     The  Company  plans to use the Glen  Ellen  winery  facility  as a red-wine
production facility,  Fourteen acres of Chardonnay were removed, and three acres
were  replanted  to Merlot.  The  Company  currently  intends  to  replant  nine
additional acres to Merlot later this year.

     At this property,  the Company principally produces  Bordeaux-style red and
white wines which are marketed under the "Carmenet" brand name.

     Edna Valley Vineyard

     Paragon Vineyard is located on approximately 1,100 acres in San Luis Obispo
County,  California,  in the "Edna Valley"  viticultural  area.  The property is
operated by Paragon Vineyard Company, which leases the winery to the Edna Valley
Vineyard Joint Venture (the "Joint Venture").  The Joint Venture is 50% owned by
the  Company  and 50% owned by  Paragon,  subject to an  agreement  between  the
Company and Paragon  entered into on January 1, 1991, as amended on December 27,
1996 (the "Edna Valley  Agreement").  The Company is the managing  joint venture
partner  and it  manages  and  supervises  the winery  operations  and sells and
distributes its wine.

     In 1996, the property's ground lease was amended to provide additional land
for planned  expansion  of the winery,  which  subsequently  was  expanded  from
approximately  24,000  square  feet to over 32,000  square  feet.  The  expanded
facility  included a tasting room,  dining  facilities  for private  parties and
12,000  square  feet of  underground  cellars for wine  fermentation  and barrel
aging. This increased the annual production  capacity from approximately  60,000
cases to over 100,000 cases.

     In April 1999,  the Joint Venture  began a separate  $2.1  million,  16,000
square foot  expansion  project at the Edna Valley  Vineyard.  Upon  completion,
presently scheduled during the fall of 1999, the latest expansion is expected to
double Edna Valley Vineyard's production capacity.

     The Edna Valley Vineyard principally produces Chardonnay and Pinot Noir. It
also produces limited quantities of Viognier,  Muscat, Pinot Blanc and Sauvignon
Blanc, all of which are marketed under the "Edna Valley Vineyard" label.

     Acacia Winery

     The Acacia Winery, and its related vineyards,  are located on approximately
134  acres in Napa  County,  California,  in both the  "Carneros"  and the "Napa
Valley"  viticultural  areas.  The  Company  owns the  winery  building  and the
winemaking equipment associated with the winery. The land on which the winery is
located (the "Winery Parcel") and a 41-acre producing  vineyard  surrounding the
winery  complex  (the  "Marina  Vineyard")  are owned  pursuant to a  tenancy-in
- -common  agreement:  one half is owned by the Company and the remaining  half is
owned by Mr. and Mrs.  Henry  Wright (the  "Wrights").  The  Company  leases the
Wright's  portion of the Winery Parcel and the Marina  Vineyard  pursuant to two
long-term  leases,  which  commenced  retroactively  as of January 1, 1988,  and
expire on December 31, 2017, subject to certain exceptions.  The annual rent for
the Marina Vineyard was $116,361 in the year ended March 31,1999,  subject to an
annual  increase  determined  according  to a formula  based on premium  quality
Carneros district Chardonnay prices.

     Pursuant to the terms of the tenancy-in-common  agreement, the Wrights have
the  ability at any time to offer their  interest  in the Winery  Parcel and the
Marina Vineyard to the Company,  and, if the Company declines the offer, to list
the entire property for sale to a third party.



                                      -11-
<PAGE>

     The Marina Vineyard is planted entirely to Chardonnay grapes on low rolling
hills in well-drained  clay-loam soil. The majority of the vines were planted in
the mid-1970s,  although significant replanting on new root stock was undertaken
in the early  1980s.  The vineyard is not frost  protected,  but to date has not
experienced  any  significant  losses due to frost  damage.  The average  annual
rainfall is 22 inches. The vineyard is irrigated from a reservoir located on the
property.

     The Company owns two vineyards  adjacent to the Marina Vineyard to the east
comprising  approximately 60 acres planted to Pinot Noir, of which fifteen acres
currently are producing and 45 acres are under development. During January 1999,
the Company entered into a lease-purchase  agreement for  approximately 50 acres
of additional vineyard property adjacent to the Marina vineyards.  The new lease
expires on December 31, 2023 and provides for annual rent payments of $74,000 in
its first year and increases in various increments to $121,000 per year by 2023.
The terms of the lease also  provide for the Company to purchase  this  property
for $1.1 million in consideration of certain biannual option payments.  With the
addition of this lease,  there are 42 acres of  plantable  land  adjacent to the
Marina  Vineyard  to the  west.  The  Company  plans to plant  this  acreage  to
Chardonnay and Pinot Noir over the next two years. Two reservoirs exist on these
properties and a third  reservoir is in the planning stages in order to meet the
vineyards' current and future irrigation needs.

     The property's current production  capacity is approximately  63,000 cases.
This is expected to increase to  approximately  75,000 cases in the future.  The
property's  principal  wines are Chardonnay  and Pinot Noir,  which are marketed
under the "Acacia" brand.

     Canoe Ridge Vineyard

     The Canoe Ridge  Vineyard  is located in eastern  Washington  State,  at an
altitude  of  approximately  800 feet on the eastern  slope of the Canoe  Ridge,
overlooking  the  Columbia  River.  The  vineyard  is in the  "Columbia  Valley"
viticultural area. Of the vineyard's approximately 275 acres (of which 183 acres
are plantable),  100 acres are now planted  primarily to Merlot and, to a lesser
extent,  to Chardonnay  and Cabernet  Sauvignon  grapes.  Although  temperatures
during the winter months can fall below  freezing,  the vineyard's  altitude and
easterly  exposure,  coupled  with the  Company's  viticultural  practices,  are
believed to reduce the potential for freeze damage.  The grapevines are grown in
well-drained,  sandy-loam soil. The vineyard has an average annual rainfall of 6
inches and is irrigated  with water from the  Columbia  River under an agreement
with an adjoining  farm. The vineyard is owned by Canoe Ridge  Vineyard,  LLC, a
limited  liability  company in which the  Company  holds a 50.5%  interest  (the
"LLC").  The Company holds 25% of the membership  interests of the LLC directly,
and 25.5% indirectly, through a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

     In the fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1999,  the LLC  purchased  its leased
winery  facility in a recently  renovated  historic  building  which  originally
served as the engine house for the Walla Walla Valley Railroad in downtown Walla
Walla.  Additionally,  the LLC purchased  two parcels  adjacent to the winery to
increase the current winery's capacity.

     The Canoe Ridge Winery has an annual  production  capacity of approximately
27,000 cases,  and produces  primarily  Chardonnay,  Merlot and small amounts of
Cabernet Sauvignon.

     Staton Hills Winery

     Staton Hills Winery is located in Yakima County,  Washington,  on the banks
of the Yakima River.  The vineyard is located in the Yakima Valley  viticultural
area.  The land on which the  winery is located  is a 22-acre  parcel,  of which
approximately  10 acres are  planted.  In addition  to the  vineyard  area,  the
property  includes a 20,000 sq. ft.  production  and  tasting  facility  with an
annual production capacity of 40,000 cases.

     The Company  plans to use the winery and related  property as the core of a
new brand of red wine at the super-premium price point. The new brand,  expected
to be named  later  this year,  is  expected  to consist of Merlot and  Cabernet
Sauvignon  produced from grapes  purchased under supply contracts from vineyards
in the Yakima Valley,  Wahluke slopes and Walla Walla Viticultural areas. Staton
Hills  Winery  will  continue  to produce  wines under this mark (which has been
assigned to the Company), with grapes produced in the Northern Yakima Valley.

     Duhart-Milon

     Duhart-Milon  is located in the Medoc  region of Bordeaux,  France,  in the
town of Pauillac.  The Company holds a 23.5%  interest in Societe Civile Chateau
Duhart-Milon ("Duhart-Milon"). The remaining 76.5% interest is owned by DBR. The
property consists of approximately 166 acres of producing  vineyards adjacent to
the  vineyards of the world  famous  Chateau  Lafite-Rothschild  and its related
winemaking  facilities.  In 1855,  the French  Government  classified the top 62
wine-producing estates in the Medoc region, choosing from over 400 such estates.
These top 62 estates were further classified into five "growths," based on their
perceived   quality.   "First  growth"  was  considered  the  best.  Under  this
classification  system,  Duhart-Milon  is rated a "fourth  growth"  estate.  The
average annual production in recent years has been  approximately  35,000 cases.
Duhart-Milon  wines are sold under the  "Chateau  Duhart-Milon"  and  "Moulin de
Duhart" labels.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

     a.  Settlement  of  Litigation  Arising from the Carmenet  Fire (the "PG&E"
Litigation).

     As previously disclosed,  on July 31, 1996 a wildfire damaged approximately
75% of the producing  acreage at the  Company's  Carmenet  Vineyard.  Carmenet's
winery  structures  and barrel  inventory were untouched by the blaze and no one
was injured.

     An investigation  revealed that the fire was caused by the electrical lines
of Pacific Gas and Electric  ("PG&E").  Following these findings,  PG&E made two
advances to the Company for costs related to the fire in the amounts of $425,000
and $4.5  million in January  1997 and April 1998,  respectively.  As  discussed
previously in the Company's  Form 10-K for the period ended March 31, 1997,  the
Company  used the proceeds of the January 1997 payment of $425,000 to offset the
write-off of inventory and vineyard  assets  destroyed by the fire. As discussed
previously in the Company's Forms 10-Q, the Company recorded the advance of $4.5
million as a "Settlement Advance" on its balance sheet pending the completion of
a final settlement agreement.

     In the quarter ended March 31, 1999, the Company  entered into a settlement
agreement  with PG&E  pursuant  to which  PG&E  agreed to pay the  Company a low
six-figure amount in addition to the foregoing  advances.  The foregoing payment
from PG&E was received by the Company during the last quarter of the fiscal year
and is expected to be the final  settlement.  The  payments  received  from PG&E
during the year ended March 31, 1999 were  recognized  in full in the  Company's
income  statement  for the year  ended  March 31,  1999,  net of  related  legal
expenses.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

     No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders of the Company during
the period covered by this Report.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

     The following  persons were  executive  officers of the Company as of March
31, 1999.



         Name                    Position(s)                                Age
         ----                    -----------                                ---

         W. Philip Woodward      Chairman of the Board of Directors          60


         Thomas B. Selfridge     President, and Chief Executive              55
                                 Officer

         Francois P. Muse        Chief Financial Officer1                    33


         Daniel E. Cohn          Secretary                                   42


         Robert B. Farver        Vice President, Sales and Distribution      42


     b. Business Experience of Executive Officers

     W. Philip  Woodward.  Mr.  Woodward is a co-founder  of the Company and has
been a director of the Company since 1972. He has been its chairman since August
1997 and is a member of the Board's Executive Committee.  Mr. Woodward served as
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1972 to 1983. In 1974, he became
the Company's  President and Chief Executive  Officer,  a position he held until
October of 1983.  Mr.  Woodward is a director of Domaines  Barons de  Rothschild
(Lafite) ("DBR") and president of The Chalone Wine Foundation.

     Thomas B.  Selfridge.  Mr.  Selfridge  joined the Company as  President  in
January 1998 and was appointed to the Company's  Board of Directors in May 1998.
On July 1, 1998, Mr. Selfridge  assumed the title of Chief Executive  Officer of
the Company. He also serves as a member of the Company's Operating Committee. He
also serves as a member of the  Board's  Operating  Committee,  as a director of
Edna Valley  Vineyard and Canoe Ridge Winery,  and secretary of The Chalone Wine
Foundation.

     Francois P. Muse.  Mr. Muse joined the Company as Corporate  Controller  in
October of 1997.  From July 1998 to May 19, 1999,  he held the title of (Acting)
Chief Financial Officer.  He was appointed the Company's Chief Financial Officer
on May 20, 1999. Mr. Muse also serves as a director of Canoe Ridge Vineyards.

     Daniel E. Cohn. Mr. Cohn has served as the Company's  secretary since 1998.
He has been a partner of Farella  Braun & Martell LLP since 1991 and a member of
its business practice group since 1985.

     Robert B.  Farver.  Mr.  Farver  joined the Company in 1990 as the Regional
Sales  Manager for the Northeast  United States and has been the Company's  Vice
President,  Sales and Distribution  since 1996.  Previously,  he was Director of
National  Sales and  Marketing.  Mr.  Farver  also serves as a director of Canoe
Ridge Vineyards.

- ----------------------
1  Mr. Muse was appointed the Company's Chief Financial Officer on May 20, 1999.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>


                                     PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters.

     The Company's common stock has been traded in the  over-the-counter  market
since the Company's  initial  public  offering on May 18, 1984, and is listed in
the Nasdaq National Market System,  under the symbol "CHLN." The following table
sets forth the high and low closing  quotations  for the stock for each  quarter
during  the  past  two  years,  as  reported  by  Nasdaq.   The  prices  reflect
inter-dealer quotations without retail mark-ups,  mark-downs or commissions, and
do not necessarily represent actual transactions.




             Quarter ended                 High             Low
       --------------------------      ------------     ------------
       March 31, 1999                    $ 10.00           $ 7.63
       December 31, 1998                   10.44            10.00
       September 30, 1998                  10.56            10.00
       June 30, 1998                       11.00            10.88
       March 31, 1998                      11.75            10.13
       December 31, 1997                   12.00             9.75
       September 30, 1997                  12.75            10.50
       June 30, 1997                       12.75            10.50
       March 31, 1997                      12.00            10.00
       December 31, 1996                   12.00             9.25
       September 30, 1996                  10.00             8.00
       June 30, 1996                       11.13             8.88
       March 31, 1996                      10.50             9.00


     On June 8,  1999,  the  closing  price for the  common  stock was $9.25 per
share.  During the year ended March 31, 1999,  the average weekly trading volume
of the stock was approximately 21,700 shares.


     b. Holders of Record.

     As of June 8, 1999, there were approximately 5,200 holders of record of the
Company's common stock.


     c. Dividends.

     To date, the Company has not paid any cash dividends.

     Under the terms of certain of the Company's credit facilities,  the Company
is  restricted  from  paying  dividends  in excess of 50% of its  aggregate  net
income.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>


Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

     The  following  selected  consolidated  financial  data for the years ended
March 31,  1999 and 1998,  and the years  ended  December  31, 1996 and 1995 are
derived  from the  Company's  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  The
financial data for the years ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,  however,  are
derived from the Company's unaudited  consolidated  financial statements and are
furnished with a view to providing the reader with  comparative  results for the
prior  twelve-month  periods which  coincide with the Company's  current  fiscal
year-end (March 31). This data should be read in conjunction  with the financial
statements and notes thereto included at Item 8 of this Report.

                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                      (in thousands except per-share data)



                                                         Year ended December 31,
                                                         -----------------------
                                                             1996        1995
                                                           --------    --------
Statement of Operations Data:
    Net revenues                                           $ 31,044    $ 25,032
    Gross profit                                             12,375       8,792
    Other revenues from operations                              107          20
    Selling, general and administrative expenses              6,283       5,374
    Operating income                                          6,200       3,438
    Other income/(expense), net                              (1,925)     (2,701)
    Equity in net income of Duhart-Milon                        304          74
    Minority interest                                          (621)       (357)
    Net income                                             $  2,339    $    207

    Net income per common share                            $   0.29    $   0.04

Balance Sheet Data:
    Working capital                                        $ 23,504    $ 22,072
    Total assets                                             80,179      72,569
    Long-term obligations less current maturities            17,837      13,511
    Shareholders' equity                                     43,246      41,382

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Year ended March 31,
                                                                      --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         1999        1998         1997         1996          1995
                                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
    Net revenues                                                      $  42,826    $  36,755    $  31,188    $  25,987    $  20,710
    Gross profit                                                         19,625       16,216       12,811        9,243        7,530
    Other revenues from operations                                          196          303          107           20         --
    Selling, general and administrative expenses                        (10,805)      (8,147)      (6,466)      (5,442)      (4,754)
    Operating income                                                      9,016        8,372        6,452        3,801        2,776
    Other income/(expense), net                                          (1,763)      (1,857)      (1,789)      (2,429)      (2,584)
    Settlement income                                                     4,447         --           --           --           --
    Equity in net income of Duhart-Milon                                    766          341          281          126         --
    Minority interest                                                    (1,219)      (1,125)        (681)        (387)        (156)
    Net income (loss)                                                 $   6,636    $   3,410    $   2,520    $     600    $     (26)

    Net income (loss) per common share                                $    0.75    $    0.41    $    0.31    $    0.10    $    --

Balance Sheet Data:
    Working capital                                                   $  49,192    $  27,794    $  24,283    $  22,023    $  16,680
    Total assets                                                        103,471       90,294       75,859       68,973       70,299
    Long-term obligations less current maturities                        35,273       18,124       18,379       13,415       26,339
    Shareholders' equity                                                 58,291       50,405       42,835       41,098       23,931

</TABLE>

                                      -16-
<PAGE>


Item 7. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
        of Operations.

     Introduction

     The following  discussion and analysis  should be read in conjunction  with
the  Selected  Financial  Data  presented  in Item 6 hereto as  qualified by the
Company's  Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes presented in Item
8 hereto.

     Forward Looking Statements

     From time to time, information provided by the Company,  statements made by
its employees,  or  information  included in its filings with the Securities and
Exchange Commission  (including this Form 10-K) may contain statements which are
not historical facts, so called "forward looking  statements" that involve risks
and  uncertainties.  Forward  looking  statements  are made pursuant to the safe
harbor provisions of the Private Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1995. When
used in  this  Form  10-K,  the  terms  "anticipates,"  "expects,"  "estimates,"
"intends,"  "believes," and other similar terms as they relate to the Company or
its  management  are intended to identify such forward  looking  statements.  In
particular, statements made in this Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations and the President's  Letter to
the  Shareholders,  relating to projections  or predictions  about the Company's
future  investments in vineyards and other capital  projects are forward looking
statements.  The Company's actual future results may differ  significantly  from
those  stated in any forward  looking  statements.  Factors  that may cause such
differences  include,  but are not limited to (i) reduced consumer spending or a
change in consumer  preferences,  which could  reduce  demand for the  Company's
wines;  (ii) competition from numerous domestic and foreign wine producers which
could affect the Company's  ability to sustain volume and revenue growth;  (iii)
interest rates and other business and economic  conditions  which could increase
significantly the cost and risks of projected  capital spending;  (iv) the price
and  availability  in the  marketplace of grapes  meeting the Company's  quality
standards  and other  requirements;  (v) the effect of weather and other natural
forces on growing  conditions  and, in turn,  the quality and quantity of grapes
produced by the Company and (vi) the risks  associated with the  assimilation of
Staton Hills Winery.  Each of these factors,  and other risks  pertaining to the
Company, the premium wine industry and general business and economic conditions,
are more fully discussed  herein and from time to time in other filings with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

     Change in Fiscal Year-End

     Effective with the fiscal year ending March 31, 1997,  the Company  changed
its  fiscal  year from one  ending  on  December  31 to one  ending on March 31.
Accordingly,  the Company reported a three-month  transition period ending March
31, 1997. The Company  determined  that the nature of its business  cycle,  with
typically  heavy sales activity  towards the end of the calendar  year,  coupled
with the fall  harvest  of its  grapes,  created  difficulty  in  efficient  and
effective  planning and budgeting on a calendar year basis. A fiscal year ending
March 31 occurs at the end of what is historically the least active quarter with
respect to sales activity and operations in the production of wine.

     The Company elected to file audited financial statements for the transition
period referred to above. In accordance with applicable regulations, this Report
includes consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 1999 and March 31, 1998 and
consolidated  statements of income for the years ended March 31, 1999,  and 1998
and December 31, 1996,  respectively.  This Item 7, Management's  Discussion and
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  discusses  the
Company's consolidated financial information for the years ended March 31, 1999,
1998 and 1997.  See Item 6, Selected  Financial  Data for a schedule of the data
discussed herein.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

     Results of Operations

<TABLE>
     The  following  table  represents  financial  data as a  percentage  of net
revenues for the indicated periods:

<CAPTION>

                                                      Year ended March 31,                Year ended December 31,
                                              ------------------------------------ ------------------------------
                                              1999           1998             1997             1996         1995
                                              ----           -----            ----             ----         ----
<S>                                           <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>
 Net revenues                                 100 %          100 %            100 %            100 %        100 %
 Gross profit                                  46 %           44 %             41 %             40 %         35 %
 Other revenues from operations                 0 %            1 %              0 %              0 %          0 %
 Selling, general and admin. expenses         (25)%          (22)%            (21)%            (20)%        (21)%
 Operating income                              21 %           23 %             21 %             20 %         14 %
 Other income (expense)                        (4)%           (5)%             (6)%             (6)%        (11)%
 Settlement Income                             10 %            0 %              0 %              0 %          0 %
 Equity in net income of Duhart-Milon           2 %            1 %              1 %              1 %          0 %
 Minority interest                             (3)%           (3)%             (2)%             (2)%         (1)%
 Net income (loss)                             15 %            9 %              8 %              8 %          1 %

</TABLE>

     Wine Sales

     Net revenues for the year ended March 31, 1999 increased  approximately 17%
over the comparable period in the preceding year. This increase was attributable
to a 14% volume increase and a 3% average price increase.

     Net  revenues  for the year ended March 31, 1998  increased by 18% over the
prior  year  comparable   period.   This  increase  was  attributable  to  a  9%
volume-increase and an 8% average price-increase.

     Sales-volume in the California  market comprised 26% of the Company's total
sales for the year ended March 31, 1999.  Although  California  is the Company's
largest market (no single market  outside of California  accounted for more than
10% of total sales in these  years),  management  believes that  increased  unit
sales in markets  outside of California will continue to account for most of the
Company's future revenue growth.

     Gross Profit

     Gross profit for the year ended March 31, 1999  increased by  approximately
21%, or $3.4 million, over the comparable period in the preceding year. This was
primarily the result of (i) increased sales volume, (ii) increased average sales
prices,  and (iii) less pronounced  increases in average production costs partly
due to the relative success and size of the 1997 harvest.

     Gross  profit  for the  year  ended  March  31,  1998  was  $16.2  million,
corresponding to a 44% gross margin, as compared to $12.8 million,  or 41% gross
margin,  in the year ended March 31,  1997.  This  increase in gross  profit was
mostly  attributable to increased unit sales,  price increases across all brands
and a shift in the product mix of wines sold to higher margin wines.

     Other Revenue from Operations

     Other  revenue  from  operations  consists  of (i)  revenue  obtained  from
third-party  wineries,  net of  related  expenses,  for grape  crushing  or wine
bottling and (ii) net profit from sales of bulk wine. The Company cannot predict
the materiality of such operations with respect to future operating results,  as
this source of revenue is highly  unpredictable and largely  contingent on other
wineries'  demand  for  extra  production  capacity,  which  can and  does  vary
significantly from year to year.

     The decrease of 35%, from $303,000 to $196,000, for the twelve months ended
March 31, 1999 from the comparable  period in the prior year was attributable to
less custom crush demand  (driven in part by the  relatively  lower 1998 harvest
tonnage throughout  California as compared to the 1997 harvest tonnage),  partly
offset by increased custom bottling demand.

     The increase to $303,000 for the year ended March 31, 1998,  from  $107,000
in the prior period,  was mostly due to the increased  demand resulting from the
unusually large 1997 harvest experienced in California.

     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses in the year ended March 31,
1999 increased by 33% over the  comparable  period in the preceding  year.  This
increase  is  primarily  the  result  of (i)  increased  selling  and  marketing
expenditures  normally  associated  with  increased  sales  quantities  and also
related to the launching of the new Echelon brand-name, (ii) expenditures in the
Company's infrastructure and (iii) unusually high severance costs.

     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses in the year ended March 31,
1998 increased by 26% over the  comparable  period in the preceding  year.  This
increase   was   primarily   the  result  of  planned   increases  in  marketing
expenditures.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

     Operating Income

     Operating income for the year ended March 31, 1999 increased by 8% over the
comparable  period in the  preceding  year.  This  increase was primarily due to
gross profits, offset by increased selling,  general and administrative expenses
as discussed above. Additionally, other revenues from operations decreased to 2%
of  operating  income for the year ended March 31,  1999,  compared to 4% in the
prior comparable period.

     Operating  income for the year ended March 31, 1998  increased 30% over the
prior  comparable  year.  This  increase was mostly due to higher unit sales and
gross margins per case, all discussed above.

     Other Income/(Expense), Net

     The decrease of 5% in net other expense  between the years ending March 31,
1999 and 1998 was  primarily  driven by a 6%  decrease in net  interest  expense
mostly due to lower interest rates.

     Interest  expense  for the year  ended  March 31,  1998  increased  to $1.9
million,  an increase of 6% from $1.8  million in the prior  comparable  period.
This was primarily due to slightly higher borrowing levels.

     Settlement Income

     As  discussed  at Item 3(a):  Settlement  of  Litigation  Arising  from the
Carmenet  Fire,  the  Company  recognized  in its  March 31,  1999  consolidated
statement of income,  $4.4 million relating to a settlement with Pacific Gas and
Electric ("PG&E") for the July 1996 fire damage at the Carmenet vineyards.

     Equity in Net Income of Duhart-Milon

     Effective  October 1,  1995,  the  Company  exchanged  its 11.3%  ownership
interest in DBR for a 23.5% interest in Societe Civile Chateau Duhart-Milon. The
effect of this  transaction  was to convert an 11.3% interest in DBR,  accounted
for using the cost method, into an interest in an active, operating vineyard and
winery operation, accounted for using the equity method.

     The Company experienced record results during the twelve months ended March
31,  1999  from  its   investment  in  Societe   Civile   Chateau   Duhart-Milon
("Duhart-Milon").  The  Company's  23.5%  equity  interest  in the net income of
Duhart-Milon  for the years  ending March 31, 1999 and 1998,  were  $766,000 and
$341,000,   respectively.  This  125%  increase  is  primarily  attributable  to
exceptionally  high  demand for the 1996  vintage of  Bordeaux  wines.  The 1996
vintage is expected to be one of the Bordeaux region's most successful  vintages
in the past twenty  years.  Due to the  exceptional  nature of the 1996 vintage,
this quarter's net income from the Company's  investment in Duhart-Milon may not
be indicative of future results.

     The Company monitors its investment in Duhart-Milon  primarily  through its
on-going   communication   with  Domaines  Barons  de  Rothschild   (DBR).  Such
communication is facilitated by the presence of the Company's  chairman on DBR's
Board  of  Directors,  and  DBR's  representation  on  the  Company's  Board  of
Directors.  Additionally,  various key  employees of the Company  make  frequent
visits to Duhart-Milon's offices and productions facilities.

     Since the investment in Duhart-Milon is a long-term investment  denominated
in a foreign currency,  the Company maintains a reserve for currency translation
which was  $2,296,000  as of March 31,  1999.  This  reserve  was  reduced  from
$2,459,000 as of March 31, 1998 due to the increase in the relative worth of the
French Franc when  compared to the U.S.  dollar  during the twelve  months ended
March 31, 1999.  Although the transition to the "EURO" currency became effective
as of January 1, 1999, the Company does not anticipate that this transition will
have a material impact on its investment in Duhart-Milon.  Currency fluctuations
are recorded in the "Cumulative foreign currency translation  adjustment" in the
equity section of the Company's consolidated balance sheet, and in comprehensive
income as defined by the  Statement of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.130
("SFAS 130") - Reporting Comprehensive Income.

     Minority Interest

<TABLE>
     The Edna Valley  Vineyard  ("EVV") and Canoe  Ridge  Vineyard,  LLC ("CRV")
financial statements are consolidated in the Company's financial statements. The
interest  in the equity  and net income of EVV and CRV which  belongs to parties
other than the Company is  accounted  for as "minority  interest".  The minority
interest  in the net income of EVV and CRV for the three  years  ended March 31,
1999 consisted of the following (in thousands):

<CAPTION>

                                                                                  Year ended March 31,
                                                              Minority   ----------------------------------------
Venture                         Minority Owner                Percent       1999          1998          1997
- -----------                     ------------------           ----------- ------------ -------------  ------------
<S>                             <C>                             <C>         <C>           <C>            <C>
Edna Valley Vineyard            Paragon Vineyard Co., Inc.      50.00%      $   909       $   906        $ 570
Canoe Ridge Vineyard, LLC       Various                         49.50%          310           219          111
                                                                         ------------ -------------  ------------
                                                                            $ 1,219       $ 1,125        $ 681
                                                                         ============ =============  ============

</TABLE>

     The  minority  interest  in  earnings  for the year  ended  March 31,  1999
increased 8% over the  comparable  period ended March 31, 1998,  due to steadily
improving  performance at both EVV and CRV primarily as a result of increases in
both

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

case sales and gross margins per case.

     The minority interest in earnings for EVV for the year ended March 31, 1998
represents an increase of 65% from the prior comparable period.  Similarly,  the
minority  interest for CRV increased  significantly.  Both increases were due to
improved performance at both EVV and CRV.

     Company management believes that EVV and, to a lesser degree CRV, will both
continue  to  contribute  significantly  to the  Company's  consolidated  income
statement.

     Net  Income

     Net income for the year ended March 31, 1999 were $6.6 million, an increase
of $3.2 million,  or 95%, over the year ended March 31, 1998. This was primarily
as a result of non-recurring settement income of $2.6 million (after tax-effect)
and  increased   gross   profits,   offset  by  higher   selling,   general  and
administrative expenses.

     Net income for the year ended March 31, 1998, were $3.4 million compared to
$2.5  million in the year  ended  March 31,  1997.  This 35%  increase  reflects
increased unit sales at higher gross margins.

     Seasonality

     The  Company's  wine sales from quarter to quarter are highly  variable due
to, among other things,  the timing of the release of wines for sale and changes
in consumer  demand.  Sales are typically  strongest  during the fourth  quarter
because of heavy  holiday  sales and because most wines  generally  are released
between the end of the third and beginning of the fourth quarters.

     Year 2000

     The year 2000  issue  ("Y2K")  is the  result of  computer  programs  being
written  using two digits  rather than four digits to determine  the  applicable
year. As presently programmed,  the Company's computer programs and systems that
have time  sensitive  software may  recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900
rather than the year 2000. Unless reprogrammed,  in the future this could result
in miscalculations  causing  disruptions of operations,  including,  among other
things, temporary  inefficiencies in processing transactions,  sending invoices,
or engaging in similar normal business activities.

     The Company has an ongoing program  designed to ensure that its operational
and financial systems will not be adversely  affected by Y2K software  failures.
The Company believes that its exposure to Y2K issues remains relatively minor in
comparison to most industrial enterprises because of its relatively low reliance
on  computerized  systems.  The  Company  is  doing  everything  technologically
possible to assure its computers function properly upon the turn of the century.
Compliance  is to some extent  dependent  upon vendor  cooperation.  Preliminary
estimates of the  compliance-related  costs, based on internal projections,  are
approximately  $15,000.  The  Company  recognizes  that any Y2K  system  related
compliance  failures  could result in  additional  expenses to the Company,  the
materiality of which cannot be predicted at this time.

     Liquidity and Capital Resources

     Working Capital:

     During the twelve months ended March 31, 1999, working capital increased by
$21.4 million, or 77%, to $49.2 million from $27.8 million as of March 31, 1998.
This was primarily due to the following:  (i) $1.0 million received from the net
proceeds of warrant exercises (which resulted in a purchase of 142,857 shares of
the Company's  common stock);  (ii) aggregate  payments of $4.7 million received
from  PG&E  relating  to the  Carmenet  vineyard  fire of July  1996;  (iii) net
inventory increases of $6.6 million; (iv) an increase of 1.7 million in accounts
receivable;  (v) a decrease of $7.1 million in outstanding  lines of credit from
$11 million from $3.9 million due to debt refinancing, compounded by a change in
classification  of the Company's  lines of credit from  short-term to long-term;
offset by; (vi) capital  expenditures of $7.1 million  incurred both as a result
of normal  operations  and  selected  expansion  of certain  Company  production
facilities;  and (vii)  payment of $1.7  million in taxes  relating  to proceeds
received from Pacific Gas and Electric ("PG&E").

     The Company's 5% Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures  Due 1999,  having a
face value of $8.5 million,  matured in April 1999.  Upon maturity,  the Company
paid cash in the amount of $2.0 million to holders of debentures who elected not
to convert into common stock.  Holders of  debentures  with a face value of $6.5
million  elected to convert  resulting  in the issuance of 738,014 new shares of
the Company's common stock.

     During the twelve months ended March 31, 1998, working capital increased by
$3.5 million or 14.5%,  from $24.3 as of March 31, 1997 to $27.8  million.  This
was  primarily a result of (i) a $6.0 million  increase in inventory  levels and
(ii) capital  investments  of $6.3 million,  which were both funded  through our
lines of credit,  offset by (iii) $4.8 million received from the net proceeds of
warrant  exercises  (which  resulted  in a  purchase  of  685,714  shares of the
Company's common stock).

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

     Cash Flows:

     During the twelve  months ended March 31, 1999,  cash flow from  operations
decreased by $1.4 million from the comparable period in the prior year. This was
primarily the result of (i) $3.0 million, after-tax, received from PG&E relating
to the aforementioned  settlement  income,  offset by (ii) increased spending on
inventory  and (iii)  various  timing  differences  in payment of  payables  and
collection of  receivables.  Cash flow from  investing  activities  decreased by
$140,000,  or 2%, from the  comparable  period in the prior year,  due to (i) an
increase of  $781,000 in capital  expenditures,  (ii) no  dividends  declared by
Duhart-Milon  in the  period  ended  March 31,  1999,  offset by (iii) no option
payment made pursuant to the Edna Valley joint venture agreement during the year
ended March 31, 1999.  Cash flow from  financing  activities was $1 million less
than in the prior year due to (i) a decrease in proceeds from issuance in common
stock  largely  driven by an exercise  of  warrants of $1.0  million in the year
ended  March 31,  1999,  vs. $4.8  million in prior  year,  offset by (ii) a net
increase in debt-financing of $4.9 million in the year ended March 31, 1999, vs.
$2.0 million in the preceding year.

     During the twelve  months ended March 31, 1998,  cash flow from  operations
decreased by $1.5 million from the comparable period in the prior year. This was
primarily  the result of (i)  increased  spending on inventory  and (ii) various
timing  differences in payment of payables and collection of  receivables.  Cash
flow from investing  activities  increased by $66,000 from the comparable period
in the prior year,  due to (i) a decrease  of $847,000 in capital  expenditures,
(ii) increased  dividends declared by Duhart-Milon in the period ended March 31,
1998,  offset by (iii) an option  payment of $1.1 million  made  pursuant to the
Edna Valley joint venture  agreement  during the year ended March 31, 1998. Cash
flow from  financing  activities  was $3.3 million higher than in the prior year
due to (i) an increase in proceeds from issuance in common stock largely  driven
by an exercise of  warrants  of $4.8  million in the year ended March 31,  1998,
offset by (ii) a net  increase  in  debt-financing  of $2.0  million in the year
ended March 31, 1999, vs. $3.4 million in the preceding year.

     General:

     On March  31,  1999,  the  Company  entered  into a credit  agreement  with
Cooperative Centrale  Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank  B.A., "Rabobank Nederland," New
York Branch  ("Rabobank").  The Rabobank credit facility provides for a total of
$70 million of unsecured financing, consisting of a seven-year, $30 million term
loan and a two-year,  $40 million  revolving line of credit. In conjunction with
the  closing  of  the  Rabobank   credit   facility,   the  Company   refinanced
approximately $24 million of its outstanding debt.

     The Company is not aware of any potential  impairments to its liquidity and
believes its capital  resources are adequate to meet current and historic levels
of capital expenditures and its liquidity needs for the at least the next twelve
months.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

Disclosures About Market Risk

     You should read the following  disclosures in conjunction with Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations  which
have been drafted in compliance  with recently  adopted  regulations  of the SEC
concerning the use of "Plain English." These disclosures are intended to discuss
certain material risks of the Company's business as they appear to management at
this time.  However,  this list is not  exhaustive.  Other risks may, and likely
will, arise from time to time.

     Our Revenues and Operating Results Fluctuate  Significantly from Quarter to
Quarter

     We believe  period-to-period  comparisons of our operating  results are not
necessarily  meaningful,  and  cannot be  relied  upon as  indicators  of future
performance.  In addition, there can be no assurance that our revenues will grow
or be  sustained  in  future  periods  or  that  we will  maintain  our  current
profitability   in  the   future.   Significant   factors  in  these   quarterly
fluctuations,  none of which are within our  control,  are  changes in  consumer
demand for our wines,  the affect of weather and other natural forces on growing
conditions  and, in turn,  the quality  and  quantity of grapes  produced by us,
interest rates and other  business and economic  conditions.  Additionally,  our
sales volume tends to be affected by price  increases,  distributors'  inventory
levels and the timing of  releases  for  certain  wines,  among  other  factors.
Consequently,  we have  experienced,  and  expect  to  continue  to  experience,
seasonal fluctuations in revenues and operating results.

     A large  portion of our  expenses  are fixed and  difficult  to reduce in a
short period of time. In quarters  when  revenues do not meet our  expectations,
our  level of fixed  expenses  tends to  exacerbate  the  adverse  effect on net
income.  In quarters when our operating  results are below the  expectations  of
public  market  analysts  or  investors,  the price of our  common  stock may be
adversely affected.

     Our  Profits  Depend  Largely  on Sales in  Certain  States and on Sales of
Certain Varietals

     In the twelve  months ended March 31, 1999,  approximately  70% of our wine
sales were  concentrated in 20 states.  Changes in national consumer spending or
consumer  spending in these states and other regions of the country could affect
both the  quantity  and price  level of wines  that  customers  are  willing  to
purchase.

     Approximately  92% of our net revenues in the twelve months ended March 31,
1999 were  concentrated in our top four selling  varietal  wines.  Specifically,
sales of Chardonnay,  Pinot Noir,  Cabernet  Sauvignon and Merlot  accounted for
58%,  11%, 16% and 7% of our net revenues,  respectively,  for the twelve months
ended March 31, 1999.

     Competition May Harm Our Business

     The  premium  table  wine  industry  is  intensely  competitive  and highly
fragmented.  Our wines  compete in all of the premium wine market  segments with
many other  premium  domestic  and foreign  wines,  with  imported  wines coming
primarily  from the  Burgundy  and  Bordeaux  regions of France and, to a lesser
extent,  Italy,  Chile,  Argentina,  South Africa and Australia.  Our wines also
compete with  popular-priced  generic wines and with other  alcoholic  and, to a
lesser degree, non-alcoholic beverages, for shelf space in retail stores and for
marketing focus by our independent  distributors,  many of which carry extensive
brand portfolios.

     Additionally,  the wine industry has experienced significant consolidation.
Many of our competitors have greater financial,  technical, marketing and public
relations resources than we do. Our sales may be harmed to the extent we are not
able  to  compete   successfully  against  such  wine  or  alternative  beverage
producers.

     Our Business is Seasonal

     Our  business is subject to seasonal as well as quarterly  fluctuations  in
revenues and operating  results.  Our sales volume tends to increase  during the
summer months and the holiday season and decrease after the holiday season. As a
result,  our sales and earnings are typically highest during the fourth calendar
quarter and lowest in the first calendar  quarter.  Seasonal factors also affect
our level of borrowing.  For example, our borrowing levels typically peak during
the  winter  when  we  have  to pay  for  harvest  costs  and  may  have to make
contractual  payments  to grape  growers.  These  and  other  factors  may cause
fluctuations in the market price of our common stock.

     Bad Weather, Pests and Plant Diseases Could Harm Our Business

     Winemaking  and grape  growing  are  subject to a variety  of  agricultural
risks.  Various diseases and pests and extreme weather conditions can materially
and  adversely  affect the quality and quantity of grapes  available to us. This
could reduce the quality or amount of wine we produce.  A  deterioration  in the
quality of our wines could harm our brand name, and a decrease in our production
could reduce our sales and profits. Future government restrictions regarding the
use of certain  materials  used in grape  growing may  increase  vineyard  costs
and/or reduce production.

     Grape growing  requires  adequate water supplies.  We generally  supply our
vineyards'  water needs through wells and reservoirs  located on our properties.
We believe that we have adequate  water supplies to meet the needs of all of our
vineyards.  However,  a substantial  reduction in water supplies could result in
material losses of grape crops and vines.

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

     Many California vineyards, including vineyards in Northern California, have
been infested  with  Phylloxera,  a root louse that renders a vine  economically
unproductive  within a few  years  after  infestation.  The  current  strain  of
Phylloxera  primarily  affects vines of a certain type. Our vineyard  properties
are  primarily  planted to  rootstocks  believed to be resistant to  Phylloxera.
However,  we cannot be certain that our existing  vineyards or the rootstocks we
are now using in our planting  and  replanting  programs  will not in the future
become  susceptible  to current or new strains of  Phylloxera,  plant insects or
diseases, any of which could harm our business.

     The weather  phenomenon  commonly  referred to as "El Nino"  produced heavy
rains and cooler weather during the Spring of 1998, which resulted in colder and
wetter  soils  than  are  typical  during  California's  grape  growing  season.
Consequently,  the 1998 harvest was postponed by approximately four to six weeks
- - depending on the  geographical  location and  varietals.  The unusual  weather
conditions resulting from El Nino impacted quantity and quality of the Company's
1998 estate  harvest.  The size of the Company's most  significant  crops ranged
from normal-sized  yields to 50% of normal yields (depending on the varietal and
the particular estate).

     Despite  the  foregoing  reduction  in the  yield  of  certain  crops,  the
harvested  estate crops, in combination with contracted grape purchases (most of
which are tonnage-based),  are expected to permit the Company to meet originally
anticipated  sales-projections  for its 1998  vintage  Chardonnay,  Cabernet and
Merlot varietals which,  together,  have historically  comprised between 80% and
85% of its aggregate annual production.

     We May Not Be Able to Grow or Acquire Enough Quality Grapes for Our Wines

     The adequacy of our grape supply is influenced by consumer  demand for wine
in relation to  industry-wide  production  levels.  While we believe that we can
secure  sufficient  supplies of grapes from a combination  of our own production
and from grape supply contracts with independent  growers,  we cannot be certain
that grape  supply  shortages  will not occur.  A shortage in the supply of wine
grapes could  result in an increase in the price of some or all grape  varieties
and a corresponding increase in our wine production costs.

     Industry trends point to rapid plantings of new vineyards and replanting of
old vineyards to greater  densities,  with the expected result of  significantly
increasing  the supply of premium  wine grapes and the amount of wine which will
be produced in the future.  This  expected  increase in grape  production  could
result in an excess of supply over demand and force  wineries to reduce,  or not
increase, prices.

     We Depend on Third Parties to Sell Our Wine

     We sell our products primarily through independent distributors and brokers
for resale to retail outlets,  restaurants,  hotels and private clubs across the
United  States and in some  overseas  markets.  To a lesser  degree,  we rely on
direct sales from our wineries,  our wine library and direct mail.  Sales to our
largest  distributor  and  to  our  nineteen  largest   distributors   combined,
represented  approximately 4% and 39%, respectively,  of our net revenues during
the  twelve  months  ended  March  31,  1999.  Sales  to  our  nineteen  largest
distributors are expected to continue to represent a substantial  portion of our
net  revenues in the future.  We use a broker in order to sell our wines  within
California. Such sales represent 31% of our net revenues during the twelve month
period ended March 31, 1999. The laws and regulations of several states prohibit
changes of distributors,  except under certain limited circumstances,  making it
difficult to terminate a distributor  without  reasonable  cause,  as defined by
applicable   statutes.   The  resulting   difficulty  or  inability  to  replace
distributors,  poor  performance of our major  distributors  or our inability to
collect accounts receivable from our major distributors could harm our business.

     New Regulations or Increased Regulatory Costs Could Harm Our Business

     The wine industry is subject to extensive  regulation by the Federal Bureau
of Alcohol,  Tobacco and Firearms  and various  foreign  agencies,  state liquor
authorities  and local  authorities.  These  regulations  and laws  dictate such
matters  as  licensing  requirements,  trade and  pricing  practices,  permitted
distribution  channels,   permitted  and  required  labeling,   advertising  and
relations  with  wholesalers  and  retailers.  Any  expansion  of  our  existing
facilities or development of new vineyards or wineries may be limited by present
and  future  zoning  ordinances,  environmental  restrictions  and  other  legal
requirements.  In addition,  new  regulations  or  requirements  or increases in
excise taxes, income taxes,  property and sales taxes or international  tariffs,
could reduce our profits. Future legal or regulatory challenges to the industry,
either individually or in the aggregate, could harm our business.

     We Will Need More Working Capital to Grow

     The premium wine industry is a  capital-intensive  business  which requires
substantial capital expenditures to develop and acquire vineyards and to improve
or expand wine production.  Further, the farming of vineyards and acquisition of
grapes and bulk wine require  substantial amounts of working capital. We project
the  need  for  significant  capital  spending  and  increased  working  capital
requirements  over the next several  years,  which must be financed by cash from
operations or additional borrowings or other financing.

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

     Adverse Public Opinion About Alcohol May Harm Our Business

     A number of research  studies  suggest  that  various  health  benefits may
result from the moderate  consumption of alcohol, but other studies suggest that
alcohol  consumption  does not have any health benefits and may in fact increase
the risk of stroke,  cancer and other  illnesses.  If an  unfavorable  report on
alcohol  consumption gains general support,  it could harm the wine industry and
our business.

     We Use  Pesticides and Other  Hazardous  Substances in the Operation of Our
Business

     We use  pesticides and other  hazardous  substances in the operation of our
business. If hazardous substances are discovered on, or emanate from, any of our
properties,  and their release presents a threat of harm to public health or the
environment, we may be held strictly liable for the cost of remediation. Payment
of such costs could have a material  adverse  effect on our business,  financial
condition and results of operations.  We maintain  insurance against these kinds
of risks, and others,  under various insurance policies.  However, our insurance
may not be adequate or may not  continue to be  available at a price or on terms
that are satisfactory to us.

     Contamination of Our Wines Would Harm Our Business

     We also are  subject  to  certain  hazards  and  liability  risks,  such as
potential  contamination,  through  tampering or otherwise,  of  ingredients  or
products.  Contamination  of any of our  wines  could  result  in the need for a
product  recall  which could  significantly  damage our  reputation  for product
quality,  which we believe is one of our principle  competitive  advantages.  We
maintain  insurance  against  these kinds of risks,  and others,  under  various
general  liability  and  product  liability  insurance  policies.  However,  our
insurance  may not be adequate or may not continue to be available at a price or
on terms that are satisfactory to us.

     The Loss of Key Employees Would Damage Our Reputation and Business

     Our success depends to some degree upon the continued  services of a number
of key  employees.  Although some key employees are under  employment  contracts
with us for specific  terms,  the loss of the services of one or more of our key
employees  could harm our business and our  reputation,  particularly  if one or
more of our key  employees  resigns to join a competitor  or to form a competing
company. In such an event,  despite provisions in our employment contracts which
are designed to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our trade secrets,
practices or procedures by such personnel under these  circumstances,  we cannot
be certain  that we would be able to enforce  these  provisions  or prevent such
disclosures.

     Shifts  in  Foreign  Exchange  Rates or the  Imposition  of  Adverse  Trade
Regulations Could Harm Our Business

     We  conduct  some of our import and  export  activity  for wine,  packaging
supplies and various wine production  needs in foreign  currencies.  We purchase
foreign  currency on the spot market on an as-needed basis and engage in limited
financial hedging  activities to offset the risk of exchange rate  fluctuations.
There is a risk that a shift in certain foreign exchange rates or the imposition
of unforeseen and adverse trade  regulations could adversely impact the costs of
these items and have an adverse impact on our operating results.

     In addition,  the  imposition of unforeseen  and adverse trade  regulations
could have an adverse effect on our imported wine operations.  We do not believe
that our foreign exchange risk and international operations exposure is material
at this time, but the volume of international transactions is increasing and may
increase these risks in the future.

     Infringement of Our Trademarks May Damage Our Brand Names or Our Business

     Our wines are branded consumer products,  and we distinguish our wines from
our competitors by strong and vigilant enforcement of our trademarks.  There can
be no assurance that competitors will refrain from using trademarks,  tradenames
or trade dress  which  dilute our  intellectual  property  rights,  and any such
actions may require us to become involved in litigation to protect these rights.
Litigation of this nature can be very expensive and tends to divert management's
time and attention.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

     Our  Acquisition of Staton Hills Winery and Potential  Future  Acquisitions
Involve a Number of Risks

     Our acquisition of Staton Hills Winery (and potential future  acquisitions)
involves  risks  which  include  assimilating  Staton  Hills  into our  Company;
integrating,  retaining and motivating key Staton Hills  personnel;  integrating
and  managing  geographically-dispersed  operations  because  Staton Hills is in
Washington State and our Company is headquartered in California; integrating the
technology  and  infrastructures  of the two  companies;  risks  inherent in the
production of wine in, and  marketing of wine from,  Washington  State,  and the
risks to our Company of the increased negative cash flow and increased operating
expenses arising from the acquisition of, and plans for, Staton Hills.

     The integration of the operations,  technology and personnel of our Company
and Staton  Hills' is expected to be a complex,  time  consuming  and  expensive
process and may disrupt our business if not  completed in a timely and efficient
manner.  Staton  Hills and  Chalone  must  operate  as a  combined  organization
utilizing common information and communications  systems,  operating procedures,
financial controls and human resources practices.  We may encounter  substantial
difficulties,  costs and  delays,  including  potential  incompatibility  of our
business  cultures,  perceived adverse changes in our business plans,  potential
conflicts  in our  supplier  and  customer  relationships  and  the  loss of key
employees  and  diversion of the  attention  of  management  from other  ongoing
business initiatives.

     The Market Price of Our Common Stock  Fluctuates

     All of the  foregoing  risks,  among  others not known or mentioned in this
report, may have a significant  effect on the market price of our shares.  Stock
markets have experienced  extreme price and volume trading  volatility in recent
months and years.  This  volatility  has had a substantial  effect on the market
prices of  securities  of many  companies  for reasons  frequently  unrelated or
disproportionate  to the specific company's operating  performance.  These broad
market fluctuations may reduce the market price of our shares.

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

     Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

                          THE CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD.

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
     CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           Consolidated Balance Sheets..................................    27
           Consolidated Statements of Income............................    28
           Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity..............    29
           Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows........................    30
           Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...................    31

     INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT.......................................    43

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                                    THE CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD.

                                                     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                            (All amounts in thousands, except share data)

                                                               ASSETS

<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   March 31,              March 31,
                                                                                                     1999                   1998
                                                                                                   ---------              ---------
<S>                                                                                                <C>                    <C>
 Current assets:
      Cash and cash equivalents                                                                    $   1,670              $   2,232
      Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
          accounts of $86 and $92, respectively                                                        8,086                  6,349
      Notes receivable                                                                                   109                    262
      Income tax receivable                                                                              616                    248
      Inventory                                                                                       40,926                 34,277
      Prepaid expenses                                                                                   492                    450
      Deferred income taxes                                                                              158                     14
                                                                                                   ---------              ---------
          Total current assets                                                                        52,057                 43,832
 Investment in Chateau Duhart-Milon                                                                   10,409                  9,480
 Notes receivable, long-term portion                                                                     119                    130
 Property, plant and equipment - net                                                                  33,591                 30,131
 Goodwill and trademarks - net                                                                         6,196                  6,473
 Other assets                                                                                          1,099                    248
                                                                                                   ---------              ---------
               Total assets                                                                        $ 103,471              $  90,294
                                                                                                   =========              =========

                                                LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 Current liabilities:
      Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                                     $   2,494              $   3,425
      Bank lines of credit                                                                              --                   10,952
      Other short term debt                                                                             --                      952
      Current maturities of long-term obligations                                                        371                    709
                                                                                                   ---------              ---------
          Total current liabilities                                                                    2,865                 16,038
 Bank line of credit                                                                                   3,938                   --
 Long-term obligations, less current maturities                                                       22,835                  9,624
 Convertible subordinated debentures                                                                   8,500                  8,500
 Deferred income taxes                                                                                 2,765                  2,049
                                                                                                   ---------              ---------
               Total liabilities                                                                      40,903                 36,211
                                                                                                   ---------              ---------

 Minority interest                                                                                     4,277                  3,678
 Shareholders' equity:
     Common stock - authorized 15,000,000 shares no
     par value; issued and outstanding: 8,720,771 and
     8,393,979 shares, respectively                                                                   48,965                 46,871
     Stock subscription receivable                                                                    (1,007)                  --
     Retained earnings                                                                                12,629                  5,993
     Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment                                               (2,296)                (2,459)
                                                                                                   ---------              ---------
               Total shareholders' equity                                                             58,291                 50,405
                                                                                                   ---------              ---------
               Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                                          $ 103,471              $  90,294
                                                                                                   =========              =========

<FN>
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      -27-
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
                                                    THE CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD.

                                                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                          (All amounts in thousands, except per share data)

<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         Year ended
                                                                                      Year ended March 31,              December 31,
                                                                                 -----------------------------          ------------
                                                                                  1999                  1998               1996
                                                                                 --------             --------            --------
<S>                                                                              <C>                  <C>                 <C>
Gross revenues                                                                   $ 43,973             $ 37,651            $ 31,909
    Excise taxes                                                                   (1,147)                (896)               (865)
                                                                                 --------             --------            --------
Net revenues                                                                       42,826               36,755              31,044
Cost of wines sold                                                                (23,201)             (20,539)            (18,669)
                                                                                 --------             --------            --------
    Gross profit                                                                   19,625               16,216              12,375
Other revenues from operations                                                        196                  303                 107
Selling, general and administrative expenses                                      (10,805)              (8,147)             (6,282)
                                                                                 --------             --------            --------
    Operating income                                                                9,016                8,372               6,200
Interest expense                                                                   (1,761)              (1,872)             (1,844)
Settlement income                                                                   4,447                 --                  --
Equity in Chateau Duhart-Milon                                                        766                  341                 304
Minority interests                                                                 (1,219)              (1,125)               (621)
Other, net                                                                             (2)                  15                 (81)
                                                                                 --------             --------            --------
    Income before income taxes                                                     11,247                5,731               3,958
Income taxes                                                                       (4,611)              (2,321)             (1,619)
                                                                                 --------             --------            --------
    Net income                                                                   $  6,636             $  3,410            $  2,339
                                                                                 ========             ========            ========

Net income per common share
    Basic                                                                        $   0.77             $   0.44            $   0.31
    Diluted                                                                      $   0.75             $   0.41            $   0.29

Average number of shares used
    in income per share computation
    Basic                                                                           8,669                7,786               7,641
    Diluted                                                                         8,852                8,409               8,169

<FN>
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                                                -28-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                                    THE CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD.

                                           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                     (All amounts in thousands)

<CAPTION>
                                                        Common Stock                               Foreign
                                                    --------------------    Stock     Retained     Currency                Compre-
                                                    Number of            Subscription Earnings/  Translation               hensive
                                                      Shares     Amount   Receivable  (Deficit)   Adjustment    Total       Income
                                                     --------   --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                     <C>     <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance, December 31, 1995                              7,596   $ 41,557   $   --      $    (66)   $   (108)   $ 41,383
   Sale of common stock                                     9         22       --          --          --            22
   Options exercised                                       19         77       --          --          --            77
   Profit sharing                                           2         18       --          --          --            18
   Foreign currency
     translation adjustment                              --         --         --          --          (593)       (593)   $   (593)
   Net income                                            --         --         --         2,339        --         2,339       2,339
                                                     --------   --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Balance, December 31, 1996                              7,626   $ 41,674   $   --      $  2,273    $   (701)   $ 43,246    $  1,746
                                                     --------   --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
   Sale of common stock                                     2         14       --          --          --            14
   Options exercised                                       20         83       --          --          --            83
   Profit sharing                                           7         70       --          --          --            70
   Foreign currency
     translation adjustment                              --         --         --          --          (888)       (888)       (888)
   Net income                                            --         --         --           310        --           310         310
                                                     --------   --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Balance, March 31, 1997                                 7,655   $ 41,841   $   --      $  2,583    $ (1,589)   $ 42,835    $   (578)
                                                     --------   --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
   Sale of common stock                                    11         75       --          --          --            75
   Warrants exercised                                     686      4,800       --          --          --         4,800
   Options exercised                                       42        155       --          --          --           155
   Profit sharing                                        --         --         --          --          --          --
   Foreign currency
     translation adjustment                              --         --         --          --          (870)       (870)       (870)
   Net income                                            --         --         --         3,410        --         3,410       3,410
                                                     --------   --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Balance, March 31, 1998                                 8,394   $ 46,871   $   --      $  5,993    $ (2,459)   $ 50,405    $  2,540
                                                     --------   --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
   Sale of common stock                                     8         80       --          --          --            80
   Warrants exercised                                     143      1,000       --          --          --         1,000
   Options exercised                                      164        882     (1,007)       --          --          (125)
   Profit sharing                                          12        132       --          --          --           132
   Foreign currency
     translation adjustment                              --         --         --          --           163         163         163
   Net income                                            --         --         --         6,636        --         6,636       6,636
                                                     --------   --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Balance, March 31, 1999                                 8,721   $ 48,965   $ (1,007)   $ 12,629    $ (2,296)   $ 58,291    $  6,799
                                                     ========   ========   ========    ========    ========    ========    ========

<FN>
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                          THE CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                           (All amounts in thousands)

<CAPTION>
                                                                             Year ended
                                                      Year ended March 31,   December 31,
                                                      --------------------    --------
                                                        1999        1998        1996
                                                      --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>
 Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income                                         $  6,636    $  3,410    $  2,339
   Non-cash transactions included in earnings:
    Depreciation                                         3,537       2,902       2,873
    Amortization                                           277         236         121
    Equity in net income of Chateau Duhart-Milon          (766)       (341)       (304)
    Increase in minority interest                        1,219       1,125         621
    Loss on sale of equipment                               25           8          86
    Changes in:
      Deferred income taxes                                572         740         199
      Accounts and other receivable                     (1,737)     (2,405)         73
      Distribution receivable                             --           382        (419)
      Inventory                                         (6,649)     (4,860)     (1,831)
      Prepaid expenses and other assets                 (1,261)       (479)       (236)
      Accounts payable and accrued liabilities            (931)      1,624       3,494
                                                      --------    --------    --------
    Net cash provided by operating activities              922       2,342       7,016
                                                      --------    --------    --------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Capital expenditures                                 (7,112)     (6,331)     (6,635)
   Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment         89         105         362
   Collection of notes receivable                          164         194          33
   Investment in Edna Valley joint venture                --        (1,050)       --
   Distributions from Duhart-Milon                        --           363         156
                                                      --------    --------    --------
    Net cash used in investing activities               (6,859)     (6,719)     (6,084)
                                                      --------    --------    --------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Borrowings on line of credit - net                   (7,014)      3,181      (3,745)
   Repayment of short-term debt                           (952)       --          --
   Distributions to minority interests                    (619)       (638)       (200)
   Proceeds from new long-term debt                     25,182        --         8,894
   Repayment of long-term debt                         (12,309)     (1,210)     (5,823)
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock                1,087       5,030         117
                                                      --------    --------    --------
    Net cash provided by financing activities            5,375       6,363        (757)
                                                      --------    --------    --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash                           (562)      1,986         175
Cash at beginning of period                              2,232         246          32
                                                      --------    --------    --------
Cash at end of period                                 $  1,670    $  2,232    $    207
                                                      ========    ========    ========

Other cash flow information:
   Interest paid                                      $  1,779    $  1,895    $  1,829
   Income taxes paid                                     4,271       2,610         397

Non-cash transactions:
   Accrued investment in Edna Valley joint venture        --          --         1,428
   Debt assumed in acquisition of real property           --         1,974         940
   Profit sharing stock contribution                       132        --            18
   Stock issued and subscribed                          (1,007)       --          --

<FN>
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

                          THE CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE A - ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

     The Chalone Wine Group,  Ltd. ("the Company")  produces and sells primarily
super and ultra-premium  quality table wines. The Company farms its estate-owned
vineyards  representing  approximately  416  producing  acres in  Napa,  Sonoma,
Monterey counties of California and in eastern  Washington state.  Approximately
75% of its annual  grape  requirements  for the year ended  March 31,  1999 were
purchased from independent growers.

     The Company  sells the majority of its products to wholesale  distributors,
restaurants,  and retail establishments throughout the United States, Canada and
Europe.  Export sales  accounted for  approximately  4% of total revenue for the
year ended March 31, 1999. The Company  performs  ongoing credit  evaluations of
its customers and generally does not require  collateral.  The Company maintains
reserves  for  potential   credit  losses  and  such  losses  have  been  within
management's  expectations.  At March 31, 1999,  Domaines  Barons de  Rothschild
(Lafite)  ("DBR"),  a French company,  owned  approximately 40% of the Company's
outstanding  common stock,  and the Company is DBR's  partner in Societe  Civile
Chateau Duhart-Milon ("Duhart-Milon"),  a Bordeaux wine-producing estate located
in Pauillac, France.

     The Company owns 50% of Edna Valley Vineyard ("EVV"), a winery operation in
San Luis Obispo  County,  California,  under a joint  venture with the other 50%
owner,Paragon  Vineyard Company, Inc. ("Paragon").  The Company, as the managing
joint venturer,  manages and supervises EVV's winery  operations,  and sells and
distributes  the wine and is deemed to control the EVV operations for accounting
purposes.  The  Company  has  certain  commitments  related  to  its  continuing
ownership of EVV (see Note M).

     The  Company  also owns 50.5% of, and  manages,  Canoe Ridge  Vineyard  LLC
("Canoe Ridge"), a Washington State winery and vineyard operation.

NOTE B - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     A summary of the Company's  significant  accounting  policies  consistently
applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements
follows.

     Change in Fiscal Year-End

     The  Company  changed  its fiscal  year-end  from  December 31 to March 31,
effective  March 31,  1998.  Accordingly,  the  Company  reported a  three-month
transition  period ending March 31, 1997. See Note O for financial data relating
to the three-month period ended March 31, 1997.

     Basis of Presentation

     The consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of the Company,
EVV and Canoe Ridge,  since they are controlled and managed by the Company.  All
significant  intercompany  accounts and  transactions  have been  eliminated  in
consolidation.  Additionally,  the  Company  has a 23.5%  investment  in Chateau
Duhart-Milon, which is accounted for using the equity method (Note F).

     Accounting for Income Taxes

     The Company  accounts  for income  taxes in  accordance  with  Statement of
Financial  Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."
SFAS 109  requires  the Company to compute  deferred  income  taxes based on the
difference  between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and
liabilities  using  enacted  tax  rates in  effect  in the  years  in which  the
differences are expected to reverse.

     Cash and Cash Equivalents

     Cash  equivalents  are highly liquid  instruments  purchased  with original
maturities of three months or less.

     Accounting Estimates

     The  presentation of the financial  statements in conformity with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the reported  financial  statement  amounts and related
disclosures at the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ
from these estimates.

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

NOTE B - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

     Inventory

     Inventory  is  stated  at the  lower of cost or  market.  Cost for bulk and
bottled  wines is  determined  on an  accumulated  weighted  average  basis  and
includes grape purchases and supplies,  farming and harvesting costs, winery and
bottling  costs.  Wine  production   supplies  are  stated  at  FIFO  (first-in,
first-out) cost. All bulk and bottled wine inventories are classified as current
assets in accordance with recognized  industry  practice,  although a portion of
such inventories will be aged for periods longer than one year.

     Property, Plant and Equipment

     Property,  plant and equipment is stated at cost.  Depreciation is provided
in amounts  sufficient to allocate the cost of depreciable  assets to operations
over their  estimated  useful lives.  The  straight-line  method is followed for
substantially  all assets for  financial  reporting  purposes,  but  accelerated
methods are used for income tax purposes.

     The different ranges of useful lives used in computing depreciation are (i)
15 to 35 years for vineyard development costs, (ii) 80 years for caves, (iii) 15
to 40 years for buildings and (iv) 3 to 20 years for machinery and equipment.

     Capitalized  costs of planting new vines and ongoing  cultivation costs for
vines  not  yet  bearing,   including  interest,   are  classified  as  vineyard
development.  Depreciation  commences in the initial year the vineyard  yields a
commercial crop, generally in the third or fourth year after planting.

     Costs attributable to caves represent  improvements to the land incurred to
dig into hillsides and structurally reinforce underground tunnels where to store
and age the Company's wines.

     Goodwill and Trademarks

     The excess of the purchase price paid over acquired net assets is amortized
over 40 years on a  straight-line  basis.  Trademarks  are amortized  over their
estimated useful lives from the date they are put into use.

     The payments  made to extend the life of the EVV joint  venture and acquire
ownership of the continuing joint venture have been recorded as goodwill and are
being amortized over 40 years beginning in January 1997 (see Note M).

     Reclassifications

     Certain  prior period  amounts have been  reclassified  in order to conform
with the current period presentation.

     Foreign Currency Translation

     The functional  currency of the Company's  investee,  Duhart-Milon,  is the
French Franc and as a result,  the Company  records the effect of exchange gains
and losses on its equity in Duhart-Milon as a component of shareholders' equity.

     Stock-based Compensation

     The Company has chosen to account for stock-based awards to employees using
the intrinsic  value based method in accordance  with APB No.25,  Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees.

     Forward Exchange Contracts

     The Company has only a limited  involvement with forward exchange contracts
and does not use them for trading purposes.  Forward exchange contracts are used
to manage exchange rate risks on certain purchase commitments,  generally French
oak barrels,  denominated in foreign  currencies.  Gains and losses  relating to
firm purchase  commitments  are deferred and are  recognized as  adjustments  of
carrying amounts or in income when the hedged  transaction  occurs.  As of March
31, 1999, the Company had three outstanding  forward exchange contracts totaling
650,000 French Francs, all three of which matured prior to May 31, 1999, with no
significant exchange gain or loss.

                                      -32-
<PAGE>

NOTE B - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


     Net income per Share

     Basic net income per share  ("EPS")  excludes  dilution  and is computed by
dividing net income  available to common  stockholders  by the weighted  average
number of common  shares  outstanding  for the period.  Diluted EPS reflects the
potential  dilution that could occur if  securities or other  contracts to issue
common stock (e.g.  stock options) were exercised and converted into stock. As a
result of the adoption of SFAS 128, EPS amounts for the year ended  December 31,
1996  have  been  restated  to  conform  to the new  standard.  For all  periods
presented, the difference between basic and diluted EPS for the Company reflects
the inclusion of dilutive stock options and stock warrants,  the effect of which
is  calculated  using the treasury  stock method as shown below.  The  Company's
convertible debentures are excluded from the computation, as these have had, and
continue to have, an antidilutive effect.

<TABLE>
     The following is a reconciliation of the figures used in deriving basic EPS
and those used in calculating diluted EPS:

<CAPTION>
                      (in thousands, except per share data)


                                        Basic EPS                                   Diluted EPS
                                     ----------------                              ---------------
                                                                                       Income
                                                      Effect of dilutive securities  available to
                                           Income     -----------------------------     common
                                       available to                                  stockholders
                                           common                       Stock        and assumed
                                        stockholders       Warrants    options       conversion
                                     ----------------   ------------- ----------  ---------------
<S>                                          <C>               <C>           <C>          <C>
Year ended March 31, 1999:
    Income                                   $ 6,636            --            --          $ 6,636
    Shares                                     8,669           183            --            8,852
                                     ----------------                              ---------------
    EPS                                      $  0.77                                      $  0.75
                                     ================                              ===============

Year ended March 31, 1998:
    Income                                   $ 3,410            --            --          $ 3,410
    Shares                                     7,786           457           166            8,409
                                     ----------------                              ---------------
    EPS                                      $  0.44                                      $  0.41
                                     ================                              ===============

Year ended December 31, 1996:
    Income                                   $ 2,339            --            --          $ 2,339
    Shares                                     7,641           425           103            8,169
                                     ----------------                              ---------------
    EPS                                      $  0.31                                      $  0.29
                                     ================                              ===============
</TABLE>

     Recently Issued Accounting Standards

     SFAS No. 130, Reporting  Comprehensive  Income,  establishes  standards for
reporting  and display of  comprehensive  income and its  components  (revenues,
expenses,  gains  and  losses)  in  a  full  set  of  general-purpose  financial
statements.  This  statement  requires  that all items that are  required  to be
recognized under accounting  standards as components of comprehensive  income be
reported in a financial  statement that is displayed with the same prominence as
other financial statements.  The components of comprehensive income are shown in
the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity.

     SFAS No. 131,  Disclosures  about Segment  Reporting of an  Enterprise  and
Related  Information,  establishes  standards  for reporting  information  about
operating  segments  in annual  financial  statements  and  requires  that those
enterprises  report  selected  information  about segments in interim  financial
reports issued to shareholders. This statement establishes a management approach
to segment  reporting  and requires  reporting of selected  segment  information
quarterly  and  entity-wide  disclosures  about  products and services and major
customers.  The Company's  business is managed on the basis of multiple products
and brands within one segment, the wine industry.

                                      -33-
<PAGE>

NOTE C - CARMENET FIRE

     A  wildfire  damaged  approximately  75% of the  producing  acreage  at the
Company's Carmenet Vineyard,  located in Sonoma,  California,  on July 31, 1996.
Carmenet's  winery  structures and barrel  inventory were untouched by the blaze
and no people  were  injured.  The  damaged  acreage  was  planted  to  Cabernet
Sauvignon,  Merlot and  Cabernet  Franc  grapes  used for estate  bottled  wines
produced  under  the  Carmenet  label.  Prior  to the  fire,  Carmenet  produced
approximately  38,000 cases of wine annually (of which a significant  proportion
was estate  bottled).  Carmenet's  1996 grape  harvest  was  reduced  roughly in
proportion to the percentage of the vineyard's overall producing acreage damaged
by the fire.

     The Company has completed  the final stage of replanting  the remaining 25%
of  the   damaged   acreage.   Historically,   newly   planted   vines   produce
production-quality  grapes in approximately three years,  although the vines are
expected to take  approximately  seven years to return to full production levels
prior to the  fire.  Until  the  damaged  acreage  returns  to full  production,
Carmenet's  ability to make  estate-bottled  wines will be limited.  In order to
supplement  Carmenet's  harvest,  the Company attempts to buy suitable grapes on
the open  market;  however,  there can be no  assurance  that grapes of suitable
quality or variety will  continue to be available in  sufficient  quantity or on
terms acceptable to the Company.

     Preliminary  investigation  indicated  that  the  fire  was  caused  by the
electrical lines of Pacific Gas and Electric ("PG&E"). In conjunction with these
findings, PG&E made two advances to the Company for costs related to the fire in
the  amounts  of  $425,000  and $4.5  million in  January  1997 and April  1998,
respectively.  The Company  used the  proceeds of the  January  1997  payment of
$425,000 to offset the write-off of inventory and vineyard  assets  destroyed by
the fire.  The Company  recorded  the advance of $4.5  million as a  "Settlement
Advance" on its balance sheet, until such time that a final settlement agreement
would be reached.

     In the quarter  ended March 31,  1999,  a final  settlement  agreement  was
reached with PG&E. As part of the settlement,  PG&E agreed to pay the Company an
additional $150,000, which was received by the Company as of March 31, 1999. The
payments of $4.5 million and $150,000 were  recognized  in the Company's  income
statement for the year ended March 31, 1999, net of related legal expenses.

NOTE D - INVENTORY

     Inventory consists of the following at March 31 (in thousands):

                                  1999         1998
                               ----------- -------------
 Bulk wine                       $ 25,802      $ 21,800
 Bottled wine                      14,387        11,493
 Wine packaging supplies              417           769
 Other                                320           215
                               ----------- -------------
                                 $ 40,926      $ 34,277
                               =========== =============

NOTE E - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     Property,  plant and  equipment  consist of the  following  at March 31 (in
thousands):

                                        1999           1998
                                    -------------  -------------
 Land                                    $ 5,216        $ 3,376
 Vineyard development                     10,910         11,589
 Caves                                     1,678          1,678
 Buildings                                17,335         15,082
 Machinery and equipment                  18,888         16,311
                                    -------------  -------------
                                          54,027         48,036
 Accumulated depreciation                (20,436)       (17,905)
                                    -------------  -------------
                                        $ 33,591       $ 30,131
                                    =============  =============

                                      -34-
<PAGE>

NOTE F - INVESTMENT IN CHATEAU DUHART-MILON

     During  the  period  of April  1989 to June  1993,  the  Company  purchased
approximately  11% of the  outstanding  ordinary  shares of  Domaines  Barons de
Rothschild ("DBR") in exchange for a combination of 5% convertible  subordinated
debentures and warrants which were subsequently exercised.

     Effective  October 1, 1995, the Company  exchanged  essentially  all of its
existing  ownership  in DBR for a  23.5%  interest  in  Societe  Civile  Chateau
Duhart-Milon  ("Duhart-Milon").  The remaining 76.5% of Duhart-Milon is owned by
DBR.

     Duhart-Milon's  condensed  balance  sheet  as of  March  31 are as  follows
(translated into U.S. dollars at the year-end) (in thousands):


                                           1999         1998
                                       ------------ -------------
 Inventory                                 $ 3,223       $ 3,200
 Short-term note receivable                 10,110         6,914
 Other current assets                          730           340
                                       ------------ -------------
      Current assets                        14,063        10,454
                                       ------------ -------------
 Property and equipment, net                 2,524         2,327
                                       ------------ -------------
      Total assets                        $ 16,587      $ 12,781
                                       ============ =============

      Current liabilities                  $ 3,111       $ 2,876
      Equity                                13,476         9,905
                                       ------------ -------------
      Total liabilities and equity        $ 16,587      $ 12,781
                                       ============ =============

     The results of operations are summarized as follows  (translated  into U.S.
dollars at the average exchange rate for the period) (in thousands):


                                                           Year ended
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               March 31,  March 31, December 31,
                                                 1999        1998       1996
                                                -------    -------    -------
Revenues                                        $ 5,941    $ 3,912    $ 3,964
Cost of sales                                    (2,626)    (2,337)    (2,651)
                                                -------    -------    -------
     Gross profit                                 3,315      1,575      1,313
                                                -------    -------    -------
Net operating/other (expenses)/revenues             154        112        236
                                                -------    -------    -------
     Net earnings                               $ 3,469    $ 1,687    $ 1,549
                                                =======    =======    =======

Company's share of net earnings                 $   815    $   396    $   364
Other                                               (49)       (55)       (60)
                                                -------    -------    -------
     Equity in net earnings of Duhart-Milon     $   766    $   341    $   304
                                                =======    =======    =======

     The carrying amount of the Company's  investment in Duhart-Milon is greater
than the amount arrived at by multiplying the Company's 23.5% ownership interest
by the historical  cost basis of  Duhart-Milon's  equity by  approximately  $7.2
million at March 31, 1999 (the "basis  difference").  This basis  difference  is
primarily  attributable  to  the  difference  between  the  historical  cost  of
Duhart-Milon's land holdings versus the fair value of such land that was used as
part of the basis to record the Company's  initial  investment  under the equity
method of  accounting.  Because land is not a  depreciable  asset,  the original
basis difference  attributable to land of $8.5 million is not being amortized by
the Company.  The remaining  basis  difference  reflects other fair value versus
book value differences at the date of the Company's initial  investment that are
being amortized over the life of the underlying assets.

     The Company experienced record results during the year ended March 31, 1999
from its  investment  in  ("Duhart-Milon)  primarily due to  exceptionally  high
demand for the 1996 vintage of Bordeaux wines. Due to the exceptional  nature of
the 1996 vintage,  the Company's share of Duhart-Milon's net earnings may not be
indicative of future results.

     Since the investment in Duhart-Milon is a long-term investment  denominated
in a foreign currency,  the Company recognizes currency translation  adjustments
in  shareholders'  equity which totaled  $2,296,000  as of March 31, 1999.  This
amount was reduced from  $2,459,000  as of March 31, 1998 due to the increase in
the relative  worth of the French Franc when compared to the U.S.  dollar during
the twelve months ended March 31, 1999.

                                      -35-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
NOTE G - BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS

     Borrowing arrangements consist of the following at March 31 (in thousands):

<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1999         1998
                                                                                      ------------ -------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>            <C>
 Credit line of $40,000,000 bearing interest at LIBOR+0.875%, payable
  monthly, due March 31, 2001                                                           $   3,938      $      -

 Credit line of $10,300,000 bearing interest at LIBOR+1%, payable monthly,
  repaid on March 31, 1999                                                                      -         4,000

 Credit line of $5,500,000 bearing interest at LIBOR+1%, payable monthly,
  repaid on March 31, 1999                                                                      -         4,677

 Credit line of $2,500,000 bearing interest at LIBOR+1%, payable monthly,
  repaid on March 31, 1999                                                                      -         2,275

 Convertible subordinated debentures due in 1999, bearing interest at 5%
  Interest payments on the debentures are due semiannually
  (including amounts due to related party - see Note L)                                     8,500         8,500

 Bank term loan, due in March 2006, bearing interest at LIBOR + 1.2%
  payable in monthly installments commencing on April 30, 1999, with
  principal payable in quarterly installments commensing on December 31, 2000              20,000             -

 Note payable, due May 2000 payable in annual installments of principal
  and interest.  Interest rate of 7%                                                          475           713

 Mortgage payable in monthly installments of principal and interest due August
  2021.  Interest rate of 7%                                                                1,740         1,776

 Bank term loan, due in 2001 with monthly installments of principal and interest.
  Interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.8%, repaid on March 31, 1999                                    -         5,516

 Bank term loan, payable in monthly installments of principal and interest due
  June 2002. Interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.5%, repaid on March 31, 1999                         -           215

 Note payable, payable in monthly installments of principal and interest due
  June 2016.  Interest rate of 7.03% (see Note L, related party)                              926           934

 Note payable, due in August 1999 payable in monthly installments of principal
  and interest.  Interest rate of 7.85%, repaid on August 3, 1998                               -         1,021

 Other notes payable, due in varying monthly installments through January 2000,
  bearing interest from 6.5% to 10.9%, some of which are secured by equipment                  65           158
                                                                                      ------------ -------------
                                                                                           35,644        29,785
                                                                                      ------------ -------------
 Less current maturities                                                                     (371)      (11,661)
                                                                                      ------------ -------------
                                                                                         $ 35,273      $ 18,124
                                                                                      ============ =============
</TABLE>

     The credit  line and bank term loan  effective  as of March 31,  1999,  are
unsecured.   Restrictive  covenants,   however,  include  provisions  regarding:
maintenance  of  certain  financial  ratios;  mergers  or  acquisitions;  loans,
advances or debt guarantees;  additional borrowings;  annual lease expenditures;
annual  fixed  asset  expenditures;  changes  in  control  of the  Company;  and
declaration or payment of dividends.

     The $8.5 million of 5%  debentures,  convertible  to 965,098  shares of the
Company's  common  stock as of March  31,  1999,  were  subordinate  in right of
payment to all senior  indebtedness  of the  Company.  On April 20,  1999,  such
debentures, matured. At such time, holders of $2.0 million in debentures elected
not to exercise their conversion  rights and the Company repaid the $2.0 million
using available  borrowings under its long-term bank line of credit. The holders
of the remaining  $6.5 million of debentures  elected to exercise the conversion
rights and exchanged their debentures for 738,016 shares of the Company's common
stock.

                                      -36-
<PAGE>


NOTE G - BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS (Continued)

     Since the $8.5 million of  convertible  debt was either  refinanced  with a
long-term bank line of credit or was converted to common stock,  this amount was
classified as long-term debt in the Company's March 31, 1999 balance sheet.

     Maturities of borrowing arrangements for each of the next five years ending
March 31, are as follows (in thousands):


                         2000               $   371
                         2001                 7,771
                         2002                 3,295
                         2003                 3,515
                         2004                 3,750
                         Thereafter          16,942
                                           --------
                         Total             $ 35,644
                                           ========


     Company management  believes that the fair value of its principal short and
long term  borrowings  are equal to the book value since the terms were recently
negotiated with the lenders.  Interest rates on the Company's mortgage and other
notes payable are not significantly different from current market rates.

     As of April  9,  1999,  the  Company  entered  into an  interest-rate  swap
contract  for a  notional  amount  of $20  million.  This  contract  effectively
converts the variable LIBOR rate which would otherwise be paid by the Company on
its $20 million  bank  term-loan  balance into a  fixed-rate  obligation  over a
period which  corresponds to that of the underlying loan agreement.  During that
time, the rate which the Company will be obligated to pay,  after  including the
lending  institution's  additional  mark-up (which is based on financial ratios,
and varies accordingly) will be fixed between 6.95% and 7.12%.


NOTE H - STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

<TABLE>
     On February 10, 1997, the Board of Directors  adopted the 1997 Stock Option
Plan (the "Plan").  The Plan provides for the grant of stock options to officers
and other key employees of the Company,  as well as  non-employee  directors and
consultants,  for an aggregate of up to 1,000,000  shares of common stock,  plus
any shares under the Company's 1987 Stock Option Plan, which expired in February
1997,  or 1988  Non-Discretionary  Stock Option Plan,  which expired in December
1996,  that become  available  for  issuance as a result of  forteitures  to the
Company under the terms of such plans.  These options  generally expire 10 years
from the date of grant and become  exercisable  after a one-year period.  Option
activity under the plans is as follows:

<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         Weighted
                                                                                                        Number of        Average
                                                                                                         Shares       Exercise Price
                                                                                                         ------       --------------
<S>                                                                                                      <C>            <C>
Outstanding, December 31, 1995 (520,381 exercisable at a weighted average price of $8.20)                556,591        $    8.13
                                                                                                        --------        ---------
     Granted (weighted average fair value of $7.80)                                                       70,840             9.74
     Exercised                                                                                           (35,303)            6.83
     Canceled                                                                                             (3,585)            8.67
                                                                                                        --------        ---------
Outstanding, December 31, 1996                                                                           588,543             8.40
                                                                                                        --------        ---------
     Granted (weighted average fair value of $5.09)                                                       71,930            10.41
     Exercised                                                                                           (25,416)            5.57
     Canceled                                                                                               --               n/a
                                                                                                        --------        ---------
Outstanding, March 31, 1997                                                                              635,057             8.61
                                                                                                        --------        ---------
     Granted (weighted average fair value of $5.95)                                                      229,150            11.65
     Exercised                                                                                           (82,638)            7.79
     Canceled                                                                                               (476)            9.50
                                                                                                        --------        ---------
Outstanding, March 31, 1998                                                                              781,093             9.62
                                                                                                        --------        ---------
     Granted (weighted average fair value of $5.70)                                                      172,520            11.40
     Exercised                                                                                          (308,004)            8.90
     Canceled                                                                                            (37,500)           11.23
                                                                                                        --------        ---------
Outstanding, March 31, 1999                                                                              608,109        $   10.39
                                                                                                        ========        =========
</TABLE>

                                                                -37-

<PAGE>

NOTE H - STOCK BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

<TABLE>
     Additional  information  regarding options outstanding as of March 31, 1999
is as follows:

<CAPTION>
                                                       Options Outstanding                            Options Exercisable
                                     -----------------------------------------------------     --------------------------------
  Range of                                             Weighted Avg.
  exercise                              Number           Remaining          Weighted Avg.        Number          Weighted Avg.
   Prices                            Outstanding      Contractual Life      Exercise Price     Exercisable       Exercise Price
   ------                            -----------      ----------------      --------------     -----------       --------------
<S>                                     <C>               <C>                  <C>                <C>               <C>
$ 5.00-$ 8.00                           90,900            5.2 years            $    6.50          83,070            $    6.37
$ 8.00-$ 9.99                           93,200            4.5 years                 9.28          93,200                 9.28
$10.00-$12.38                          424,009            7.5 years                11.47         267,129                11.33
                                       -------            ---------            ---------         -------            ---------
                                       608,109            6.7 years            $   10.39         443,399            $   10.08
                                       =======            =========            =========         =======            =========
</TABLE>


     Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     Under the Employee  Stock Purchase Plan,  (the "Purchase  Plan"),  eligible
employees are permitted to have salary withholdings to purchase shares of common
stock at a price  equal to 85% of the lower of the market  value of the stock at
the  beginning  or end of each  three-month  offer  period or  beginning  of the
Purchase Plan start (27 months),  subject to an annual limitation.  Stock issued
under the plan was 7,734  shares,  11,005  shares and 9,049  shares in the years
ended March 31, 1999,  1998,  and December 31, 1996,  respectively,  at weighted
average prices of $9.09,  $6.82, and $6.31,  respectively.  The weighted average
fair value of the awards for each of the years ended March 31, 1999,  1998,  and
December 31, 1996 awards was $10.69, $10.48, and $9.84,  respectively.  At March
31, 1999,  20,607 shares were reserved for future  issuances  under the Purchase
Plan.

     Additional Stock Plan Information

     The Company continues to account for its employee  stock-based awards using
the intrinsic value method in accordance with  Accounting  Principles  Board No.
25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees and its related interpretations. No
compensation  expense  has  been  recognized  in the  financial  statements  for
employee stock arrangements.

     SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,  requires the disclosure
of pro forma net income and earnings per share had the Company  adopted the fair
value method as of the  beginning of fiscal year 1995.  Under SFAS 123, the fair
value of stock-based awards to employees is calculated through the use of option
pricing  models,  even though such models were  developed  to estimate  the fair
value  of  freely   tradable,   fully   transferable   options  without  vesting
restrictions, which significantly differ from the Company's stock option awards.
These models also require subjective  assumptions,  including future stock price
volatility  and expected time to exercise,  which greatly  affect the calculated
values.  The Company's  calculations  were made using the  Black-Scholes  option
pricing model with the following  weighted average  assumptions:  expected life,
102 months following vesting;  stock volatility of 21.53% and 24.1% in the years
ended March 31, 1999 and 1998,  respectively  and 17% in the year ended December
31, 1996;  risk-free interest rates of 6.49% and 6.59% for the years ended March
31, 1999 and 1998,  respectively,  and 6.0% in the year ended December 31, 1996;
and no dividends during the expected term. The Company's  calculations are based
on a multiple option  valuation  approach and forfeitures are recognized as they
occur. If the computed fair values for the years ended March 31, 1999, March 31,
1998 and December 31, 1996 awards had been amortized to expense over the vesting
period of the awards,  pro forma net income would have been $5,727,000 ($.65 per
share),   $2,895,000   ($.26  per  share)  and  $2,095,000   ($.26  per  share),
respectively.


NOTE I - COMMON STOCK

     The Company has reserved 1.5 million shares of common stock as of March 31,
1999, in connection  with stock option and stock  purchase  plans,  warrants and
convertible subordinated debentures.

     On April 20, 1999,  convertible  subordinated  debentures  (convertible  to
965,098 shares of the Company's  common stock as of March 31, 1999) matured.  At
such time,  holders of $2.0 million in debentures  elected not to exercise their
conversion  rights and the  Company  repaid  the $2.0  million  using  available
borrowings  under its line of credit.  The holders of the remaining $6.5 million
of debentures  elected to exercise the  conversion  rights and  exchanged  their
debentures  for  738,016  shares of the  Company's  common  stock.  The  Company
received  gross  proceeds  of $5.8  million  ($4.8  million in March 1998 and $1
million in April 1998) in connection  with the issuance of 828,571 shares of its
common stock upon the  exercise by the  principal  holders of all the  Company's
outstanding $7.00 warrants issued as of March 29, 1993 (the "Warrants").

                                      -38-
<PAGE>


NOTE J - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     The Company has a Qualified  Profit-Sharing Plan which provides for Company
contributions,  as determined  annually by the Board of Directors,  based on the
Company's previous year performance.  These  contributions may be in the form of
common  stock or cash as  determined  by the Board of  Directors.  The Board has
approved a contribution of $154,000 for the year ended March 31, 1999,  $143,000
for the year ended March 31, 1998,  and $73,000 for the year ended  December 31,
1996. At March 31, 1999,  the plan held 18,603  shares of the  Company's  common
stock.


NOTE K - INCOME TAXES

     The provision for income taxes is summarized as follows (in thousands):


                                                                     Year ended
                                           Year ended March 31,     December 31,
                                          ----------------------    ------------
                                           1999            1998        1996
                                          ------          ------       ------
Federal
     Current                              $3,121          $1,261       $1,056
     Deferred                                471             585          184
                                          ------          ------       ------
                                           3,592           1,846        1,240
                                          ------          ------       ------
State
     Current                                 920             319          364
     Deferred                                 99             156           15
                                          ------          ------       ------
                                           1,019             475          379
                                          ------          ------       ------
                                          $4,611          $2,321       $1,619
                                          ======          ======       ======


     The  composition  of the Company's net deferred tax liability is as follows
at March 31 (in thousands):


                                                            1999           1998
                                                           ------         ------
Deferred tax liability:
      Property, plant and equipment                        $2,561         $2,105
      Other                                                   204             10
                                                           ------         ------
                                                            2,765          2,115
                                                           ------         ------
Deferred tax assets:
      Inventory                                               158             14
      Tax credit carryforwards                               --               66
                                                           ------         ------
                                                              158             80
                                                           ------         ------
      Net deferred tax liability                           $2,607         $2,035
                                                           ======         ======


     The  provision  for income  taxes  differs  from  amounts  computed  at the
statutory rate as follows (in thousands):


                                                                     Year ended
                                               Year ended March 31, December 31,
                                               ------------------    -----------
                                                 1999      1998        1996
                                               -------    -------    -------
U.S. federal income tax at statutory rate      $ 3,824    $ 1,949    $ 1,395
State tax net of federal benefit                   655        334        230
Reconciling items:
    Effect of acquisitions, net                     33         33         33
    Other                                           99          5        (39)
                                               -------    -------    -------
                                               $ 4,611    $ 2,321    $ 1,619
                                               =======    =======    =======

                                      -39-

<PAGE>


NOTE L - TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

<TABLE>
     The  consolidated  statements  of  income  include  the  following  amounts
resulting from transactions with related parties (in thousands):

<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        Year ended
                                                                                                   Year ended March 31, December 31,
                                                                                                    ------------------  ------------
                                                                                                    1999          1998      1996
                                                                                                    ----          ----      ----
<S>                                                                                                 <C>           <C>       <C>
Interest expense:
     Interest on convertible debentures held by Company owners
      and directors                                                                                 $325          $325      $325
     Interest on note payable to director                                                            --             49        39
     Interest on notes payable to joint venture partner                                              --            --          2
Interest income:
     Interest on notes receivable from Company officers and directors                                --              2         4
     Interest on note receivable from joint venture partner                                           31            40        48
Amortization expense for joint venture agreement                                                     124            64       --
Lease expense for land and facilities to joint venture partner                                        20            12        10
Consulting fee to officer of the Company                                                             --            --         33
Consulting fee to affiliate of an officer                                                            270           --        --
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
     The  balance  sheet   includes  the  following   amounts   resulting   from
transactions with related parties at March 31 (in thousands):


<CAPTION>
 Receivables                                                                                                1999              1998
                                                                                                            ----              ----
<S>                                                                                                         <C>               <C>
     Note receivable from Company officer                                                                   $ --              $   65
Inventory
     Wine purchases from related parties                                                                     2,651             1,717
     Grape purchases from related parties                                                                    3,093             2,483
Goodwill - investment in joint venture (see Note M)                                                          3,287             3,619
Notes receivable - joint venture partner (Paragon)                                                             228               327
Property, plant & equipment contributed by joint venture partners (net)                                      1,102             1,192
Long-term obligations
     Note payable to director of  the Company                                                                 --                 934
     Convertible debentures held by Company owners and Directors
      (see Note G and I)                                                                                     6,500             6,500
</TABLE>


NOTE M - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     As of March 31, 1999,  future minimum lease payments  (excluding the effect
of future  increases in payments  based on indexes  which cannot be estimated at
the present time) required under  noncancelable  operating  leases with terms in
excess of one year are as follow (in thousands):


                      Year ending
                       March 31,
                       --------
                         2000               $   853
                         2001                   860
                         2002                   827
                         2003                   834
                         2004                   826
                         Thereafter           9,289
                                           --------
                         Total             $ 13,489
                                           ========

                                      -40-

<PAGE>


NOTE M - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

     Rental expense  charged to operations was as follows  $788,000 and $635,000
for the years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively,  and $658,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1996.

     In  1991,  the  Company  and  Paragon   entered  into  an  agreement  ("old
agreement")  to provide  the  Company  with the option to convert  the EVV Joint
Venture ("Joint Venture") into a "permanent  partnership" of unlimited duration.
Under the old agreement,  the Company had made payments  totaling  $1,070,000 to
Paragon  to have the  right to  extend  the life of the  Joint  Venture  through
January  1997.  Under a new  agreement,  entered into on December 27, 1996 ("new
agreement"),  the  Company  agreed to  further  payments  of (i)  $1,590,000  in
November of 1996,  (ii) $1,050,000 in December of 1997 and December of 1999, and
(iii)  $850,000 in December of 2001.  Required  payments  through March 31, 1999
have all been made pursuant to the new agreement.  The completion of all further
payments will  guarantee the  Company's 50% ownership  throughout  the remaining
life of the Joint Venture. Should the Company fail to make any further payments,
however,  its  ownership in the Joint  Venture  would be reduced to 26.71% as of
December 1999 (the due date of the next payment).  Concurrent with the available
investment option in 2001, the Company will also have the option to purchase 50%
of the brand name, Edna Valley,  for $200,000 which is currently licensed to the
Joint  Venture by  Paragon.  The  payments  made to extend the life of the Joint
Venture and acquire ownership of the continuing Joint Venture have been recorded
as goodwill and are being amortized over 40 years.

     The Company has  contracted  with various  growers and certain  wineries to
supply a large portion of its future grape requirements and a smaller portion of
its future bulk wine requirements. While most of these contracts call for prices
to be determined by market conditions,  several long-term  contracts provide for
minimum grape or bulk wine prices.


NOTE N - SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION - THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997

     The Company changed its fiscal year from December 31 to March 31, effective
with the fiscal year beginning  April 1, 1997.  Selected  financial  information
derived from the consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended
March  31,  1997 and from  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  at that  date,  as
previously  reported  in the  Company's  transition  report on Form 10-K for the
three months ended March 31, 1997, is as follows (in thousands, except per share
data):


                    Net revenues             $  5,390
                    Net Income               $    310
                    EPS                      $   0.04
                    Total assets             $ 75,859


NOTE O - QUARTERLY DATA (Unaudited)

     The Company's  quarterly  operating results for the fiscal year ended March
31, 1999, March 31, 1998, the three-month transition period ended March 31, 1997
and the year ended December 31, 1996, are summarized below:

                (All amounts in thousands, except per share data)


                                  Gross        Gross          Net         EPS
  Quarter ended                 revenues       profit    loss/income   (diluted)
  -------------                 --------       ------    -----------   ---------
March 31, 1999                   $11,024      $ 5,095      $ 3,587      $  0.40
December 31, 1998                 12,573        5,607        1,352         0.16
September 30, 1998                11,361        4,831          977         0.11
June 30, 1998                      9,015        4,092          720         0.08
March 31, 1998                     8,936        4,137          535         0.06
December 31, 1997                 11,178        4,878        1,404         0.17
September 30, 1997                 9,250        3,783          804         0.10
June 30, 1997                      8,287        3,418          667         0.08
March 31, 1997                     5,520        2,384          311         0.04
December 31, 1996                  9,857        4,100          888         0.11
September 30, 1996                 8,207        3,157          668         0.08
June 30, 1996                      8,449        3,170          653         0.08
March 31, 1996                     5,396        1,948          130         0.02

                                      -41-

<PAGE>


NOTE P - SUBSEQUENT EVENT

     On June 15, 1999, the Company  purchased 100% of the outstanding  shares of
SHW Equity Co., a holding  company  which,  in turn,  owns 100% of Staton  Hills
Winery and its adjacent vineyards in Yakima County,  Washington. The cost of the
acquisition was  approximately  $6.0 million and was financed with the Company's
long-term bank line of credit.

     The Company  intends to use the Staton Hills  facility as the home of a new
Washington State wine brand featuring  Merlot and Cabernet  Sauvignon from these
three  viticultural  regions.  The  Company's  present  plan for the new  brand,
expected to be named in the fall of 1999, is to initially  produce  20,000 cases
for sale to the super-premium wine market.

                                      -42-

<PAGE>


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


Board of Directors and Shareholders
The Chalone Wine Group, Ltd.


     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Chalone
Wine Group,  Ltd. (the  "Company") (a California  corporation),  as of March 31,
1999 and 1998, and the related consolidated statements of income,  shareholders'
equity and cash flows for the two years  ended March 31, 1999 and for year ended
December  31,   1996.   These   consolidated   financial   statements   are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
the  Company as of March 31, 1999 and 1998 and the  consolidated  results of its
operations and its cash flows for the two years ended March 31, 1999 and for the
year ended December 31, 1996 in conformity  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles.


/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP


San Francisco, California
May 14, 1999
(June 15, 1999, as to Note P)

                                      -43-

<PAGE>


Item 9. Disagreements on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

     None.


                                    PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

     See Part I,  Item 4 -  Executive  Officers  of the  Registrant.  Additional
information  required by this Item is  incorporated  herein by  reference to the
Company's Proxy Statement relating to the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after March
31, 1999.


Item 11. Executive Compensation.

   a. Executive Compensation.

     The information  required by this Item is incorporated  herein by reference
to the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  relating  to the  1999  Annual  Meeting  of
Shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission within 120
days after March 31, 1999.


Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

     The information  required by this Item is incorporated  herein by reference
to the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  relating  to the  1999  Annual  Meeting  of
Shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission within 120
days after March 31, 1999.


Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

     The information  required by this Item is incorporated  herein by reference
to the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  relating  to the  1999  Annual  Meeting  of
Shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission within 120
days after March 31, 1999.

                                      -44-

<PAGE>


                                     PART IV

Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K.

     a(1). Financial Statements.
     The following financial  statements of the Company are included in Part II,
Item 8:

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
     CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           Consolidated Balance Sheets.....................................  27
           Consolidated Statements of Income...............................  28
           Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity.................  29
           Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows...........................  30
           Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements......................  31

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT...............................................  43


     a(2). Financial Statement Schedules.

     Schedules are omitted because they are not applicable,  not required,  were
filed  subsequent  to the filing of the Form 10-K,  or because  the  information
required  to be set forth  therein is  included  in the  consolidated  financial
statements or in notes thereto.

     b. Reports on Form 8-K.

     The  Company  filed one report on Form 8-K during the first  quarter of the
period  covered by this  Report,  dated May 8, 1998,  covering  the  issuance of
shares upon the exercise of the Company's 1993 warrants.

     c. Exhibits.

     A copy of any exhibits (at a reasonable  cost) or the Exhibit Index will be
furnished to any  shareholder  of the Company upon receipt of a written  request
therefor.  Such  request  should be sent to The Chalone  Wine Group,  Ltd.,  621
Airpark Road, Napa, California 94558, Attention: Investor Relations.

                                      -45-

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
                                        EXHIBIT INDEX

<CAPTION>
       Exhibit
       Number    Exhibit Description
       ------    -------------------
<S>              <C>                                                                     <C>
         3.1     Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended through
                 June 3, 1985.                                                            (i)

         3.2     Amendment to Restated Articles, filed June 6, 1988.                     (ii)

         3.3     Amendment to Restated Articles, filed May 17, 1991.                     (iii)

         3.4     Amendment to Restated Articles, filed July 14, 1993                     (iv)

         3.5     Bylaws, as amended through December 1992.                                (i)

         3.6     1993 Bylaw amendments.                                                  (iv)

         4.1     5% Convertible Subordinated Debenture Due 1999 (SDBR
                 Debenture), issued to Les Domaines Barons de Rothschild
                 (Lafite) ("DBR"), dated April 19, 1989.                                  (v)

         4.2     Shareholders' Agreement between the Company and DBR,
                 dated April 19, 1989.                                                    (v)

         4.3     Form of 5% Convertible Subordinated Debenture Due
                 1999 (third-party debentures), issued April 19 and 28, 1989.             (v)

         4.4     5% Convertible Subordinated Debenture Due 1999 (1991
                 Debenture), issued to DBR, dated September 30, 1991.                    (vi)

         4.5     Addendum to Shareholders' Agreement between the Company
                 and DBR, dated September 30, 1991.                                      (vi)

         4.6     Common Stock Purchase Agreement, between the Company and
                 certain designated investors, dated March 29, 1993.                    (vii)

         4.7     Form of Warrant for the purchase in the aggregate of up to 828,571
                 shares of the Company's common stock, issued to certain designed
                 investors, effective July 14, 1993.                                    (viii)

         4.8     Voting Agreement, between Richard H. Graff, William L. Hamilton,
                 John A. McQuown, W. Philip Woodward, DBR, Richard C. Hojel,
                 and Summus Financial, Inc., dated March 29, 1993.                      (viii)

- ------------------------------
(i)    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit Nos. 3.1 and 3.2,  respectively,  to
       the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on Form S-1 (File No.  33-8666),
       filed September 11, 1986.

(ii)   Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit No. 3.2 to the  Company's  Annual
       Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988, dated March 11,
       1989.

(iii)  Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit No. 3.3 to the  Company's  Annual
       Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, dated March 25,
       1992.

(iv)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit Nos. 3.4 and 3.6,  respectively,  to
       the Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
       1993, dated March 26, 1994.

(v)    Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit Nos. 1, 4 and 5,  respectively,  to
       the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 28, 1989.

(vi)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit Nos. 1 and 3,  respectively,  to the
       Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 30, 1991.

(vii)  Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  No. 1 to the  Company's  Current
       Report on Form 8-K dated March 31, 1993.

(viii) Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibits 1 and 6,  respectively,  to the
       Exhibit herein referenced as Exhibit 4.8.

                                      -46-

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

         Exhibit
         Number  Exhibit Description
         ------  -------------------
         4.9     Common Stock Purchase Agreement, between the Company and
                 certain designated investors, dated April 22, 1994.                      (i)

         4.10    Form of Warrant for the purchase in the aggregate of up to 833,333
                 shares of the Company's common stock, issued to certain designed
                 investors, effective  October 25, 1995.                                 (ii)

         4.11    Voting Agreement, between the W. Phillip Woodward, DBR,
                 and Summus Financial, Inc., dated October 25, 1995.                     (ii)

         10.1    Joint Venture Agreement between the Company and Paragon
                 Vineyard Co., Inc. ("Paragon"), effective January 1, 1991.              (iii)

         10.2    Revised Grape Purchase Agreement between Edna Valley Vineyard
                 Joint Venture and Paragon, effective January 1, 1991.                   (iii)

         10.3    License Agreement between Edna Valley Vineyard Joint Venture
                 and Paragon, effective January 1, 1991.                                 (iii)

         10.4    Ground Lease between Edna Valley Vineyard Joint Venture and
                 Paragon, effective June 1, 1991.                                        (iii)

         10.5    Amended and Restated Commercial Winery and
                 Agricultural Lease, dated July 31, 1986, assigned by
                 Assignment and Assumption Agreement among
                 the Company, Lakeside Winery and Vista de Los Vinedos,
                 dated August 5, 1986.                                                   (iv)

         10.6    Novation and Modification Agreement, between the Company
                 and Henry P. and Marina C. Wright, dated July 15, 1988,
                 amending Agreement incorporated as Exhibit 10.5.                         (v)

         10.7    Tenancy in Common Agreement, between the Company
                 and Henry P. and Marina C. Wright, dated July 15, 1988.                  (v)

         10.8    Vineyard Lease, between the Company and Henry P. and
                 Marina C. Wright, dated July 15, 1988.                                   (v)

         10.9    1988 Qualified Profit-Sharing Plan, approved May 21, 1988.              (vi)

- ------------------------------

(i)    Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  No. 1 to the  Company's  Current
       Report on Form 8-K dated April 27, 1994.

(ii)   Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit D to Appendix I to the  Company's
       Proxy Statement for a Special Meeting of Shareholders,  filed October 25,
       1995.

(iii)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit Nos. 1, 3, 4 and 2, respectively, to
       the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 30, 1991.

(iv)   Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  No.  10.10  to  the  Company's
       Registration  Statement on Form S-1 (File No.  33-8666),  filed September
       11, 1986.

(v)    Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  Nos.  10.22,  10.20 and  10.21,
       respectively,  to the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
       ended December 31, 1988, dated March 11, 1989.

(vi)   Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  Nos.  10.16,  10.17 and  10.24,
       respectively,  to the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
       ended December 31, 1988, dated March 11, 1989.

                                      -47-

<PAGE>


                                        EXHIBIT INDEX

         Exhibit
         Number  Exhibit Description
         ------  -------------------
         10.11   Amendment No. 2 to Qualified Profit Sharing Plan, incorporated as
                 Exhibit 10.9, dated February 7, 1990.                                    (i)

         10.12   Profit Sharing Trust Agreement.                                         (ii)

         10.13   Easement Agreement between the Company and Stonewall
                 Canyon Ranches, dated August 19, 1988.                                  (ii)

         10.14   1987 Stock Option Plan, as amended effective May 16, 1991.              (iii)

         10.15   1988 Non-Discretionary Stock Option Plan, as amended effective
                 May 16, 1991.                                                           (iii)

         10.16   Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended effective May 16, 1991.        (iii)

         10.17   Amendment/Extension of Employee Stock Purchase Plan,
                 effective July 13, 1993.                                                (iv)

         10.18   Agreement of Joint Venture, between the Company and Canoe
                 Ridge Vineyard Incorporated [CRVI], dated December 31, 1990.             (v)

         10.19   Credit Agreement between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank,
                 dated July 20, 1992.                                                    (vi)

         10.20   Industrial Real Estate Lease, dated February 19, 1993.                  (vi)

         10.21   First Amendment to Credit Agreement between the Company
                 and Wells Fargo Bank incorporated as Exhibit 10.19, dated
                 March 18, 1993.                                                         (vi)

         10.22   First Amendment to Industrial Real Estate Lease incorporated as
                 Exhibit 10.20, dated December 8, 1993.                                  (iv)

         10.23   Credit Agreement between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank,
                 dated August 30, 1993.                                                  (vii)

         10.24   First Amendment to Credit Agreement between the Company and
                 Wells Fargo Bank, attached as Exhibit 10.22, dated March 24, 1994.      (vii)
- ------------------------------

(i)    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit Nos. 10.17 and 10.18,  respectively,
       to the Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December
       31, 1989, dated March 27, 1990.

(ii)   Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  Nos.  10.22,  10.20 and  10.21,
       respectively,  to the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
       ended December 31, 1988, dated March 11, 1989.

(iii)  Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  Nos.  10.23,  10.24 and  10.25,
       respectively,  to the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
       ended December 31, 1991, dated March 25, 1992.

(iv)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit Nos. 10.22 and 10.29,  respectively,
       to the Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December
       31, 1993, dated March 26, 1994.

(v)    Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit No. 10.27 to the  Company's  Annual
       Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1990, dated March 26,
       1991.

(vi)   Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  Nos.   10.24  through   10.27,
       respectively,  to the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
       ended December 31, 1992, dated March 29, 1993.

(vii)  Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  Nos.   10.23  through   10.27,
       respectively,  to the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
       ended December 31, 1994, dated March 27, 1995.

                                      -48-

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

         Exhibit
         Number  Exhibit Description
         ------  -------------------
         10.25   Credit Agreement between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank,
                 dated July 29, 1994.                                                     (i)

         10.26   Canoe Ridge Winery, Inc., Shareholders' Agreement, among the
                 Company and designated Washington state investors, dated
                 November 30, 1994.                                                      (i)

         10.27   Amendment to Employee Stock Purchase Plan, effective
                 January 1, 1995.                                                         (i)

         10.28   Omnibus Agreement between the Company, DBR,
                 and Summus Financial, dated August 22, 1995.                            (ii)

         10.29   Credit Agreement between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank,              (iii)
                 dated December 29, 1995.

         10.30   Credit Agreement between Edna Valley Vineyard and                       (iv)
                 Wells Fargo Bank, dated July 31, 1995.

         10.31   Purchase Agreement between the Company,                                 (iv)
                 Richard H. Graff, Trustee, Graff 1993 Trust Dated June 10, 1993,
                 a trust and Richard H. Graff an individual, dated July 1, 1996.

         10.32   Promissory Note between the Company and Richard H. Graff,               (iv)
                 dated July 1, 1996.

         10.33   Secured Purchase Money Promissory Note between the Company              (iv)
                 and Richard H. Graff, Trustee, Graff 1993 Trust, dated July 1, 1996.

         10.34   Residential Lease between the Company and Richard H. Graff,             (iv)
                 dated July 1, 1996.

         10.35   Consulting and Non-Competition Agreement between the Company            (iv)
                 and Richard H. Graff, dated July 1, 1996.

         10.36   Credit   Agreement   between   the  Canoe  Ridge                        (iv)
                 Vineyard,  LLC, and Wells Fargo Bank, dated
                 August 15, 1996.

         10.37   Credit Agreement between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank,              (iv)
                 dated September 25, 1996.

         10.38   Amendment To Joint Venture Agreement
                 of Edna Valley Vineyard between Paragon Vineyard Co., Inc.,             (iv)
                 and the Company, dated December 23, 1996.
- ------------------------------

(i)    Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  Nos.   10.23  through   10.27,
       respectively,  to the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
       ended December 31, 1994, dated March 27, 1995.

(ii)   Incorporated  by reference to Appendix I to the Company's Proxy Statement
       for a Special Meeting of Shareholders, filed October 25, 1995.

(iii)  Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit No. 10.21 to the  Company's  Annual
       Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.

(iv)   Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  Nos.   10.30  through   10.38,
       respectively,  to the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
       ended December 31, 1996.

                                      -49-

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

         Exhibit
         Number  Exhibit Description
         ------  -------------------
         10.39   Credit Agreement between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank,               (i)
                 dated July 30, 1997.

         10.40   Credit Agreement between Edna Valley Vineyard and                        (i)
                 Wells Fargo Bank, dated July 30, 1997.

         10.41   Credit Agreement between Canoe Ridge Vineyard, LLC,                      (i)
                 and Wells Fargo Bank, dated July 30, 1997.

         10.42   First Amendment to Credit Agreement between the Company                  (i)
                 and Wells Fargo Bank incorporated as Exhibit 10.39, dated
                 January 5, 1998.

         10.43   Second Amendment to Credit Agreement between the Company                 (i)
                 and Wells Fargo Bank incorporated as Exhibit 10.39, dated
                 June 9, 1998.

         10.44   First Amendment to Credit Agreement between Edna Valley                  (i)
                 Vineyard and Wells Fargo Bank incorporated as Exhibit 10.40,
                 dated June 9, 1998.

         10.45   First Amendment to Credit Agreement between Canoe Ridge                  (i)
                 Vineyard, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank incorporated as Exhibit 10.41,
                 dated June 9, 1998.

         10.46   Lease-Purchase Agreement between the Company and Frances
                 Goodwin, Trustee of Lois Martinez Trust, dated December 30,
                 1999.

         10.47   Credit Agreement by and between Cooperative Centrale
                 Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., "Rabobank Nederland," New York
                 Branch and the Company, dated March 31, 1999.

         10.48   Term Loan Promissory Note between Cooperative Centrale
                 Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., "Rabobank Nederland," New York
                 Branch and the Company, dated March 31, 1999.

         10.49   Revolving Loan Promissory Note between Cooperative Centrale
                 Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., "Rabobank Nederland," New York
                 Branch and the Company, dated March 31, 1999.

         10.50   Purchase Agreement among Peter Ansdell, SHW Equity Co., and the
                 Company, and SHW Equity Co., dated June 15, 1999.

- ------------------------------
 (i)      Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  Nos.  10.39  through  10.45,
          respectively, to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
          ended March 31, 1998.
</TABLE>

                                       -50-

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

          Exhibit
          Number       Exhibit Description
          ------       -------------------
           24          Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP to incorporation by
                       reference, dated June 28, 1999.

           27          Financial Data Schedule

                                      -51-

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


           THE CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD.


           By /s/ Thomas B. Selfridge
              ---------------------------------------
                Thomas B. Selfridge
                Chief Executive Officer
                (Principal Executive Officer)



           By /s/ Francois P. Muse
              ---------------------------------------
                Francois P. Muse
                Chief Financial Officer (Principal
                Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)


           Dated:  June 28, 1999


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the  registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


         /s/ Thomas B. Selfridge         President, and Chief      June 28, 1999
         ------------------------------  Executive Officer
         Thomas B. Selfridge


         /s/ W. Philip Woodward          Director, and Chairman    June 28, 1999
         -----------------------------   of the Board
         W. Philip Woodward


         /s/ Christophe Salin            Vice Chairman of the      June 28, 1999
         -----------------------------
         Christophe Salin                Board


         /s/ C. Richard Kramlich         Director                  June 28, 1999
         -----------------------------
         C. Richard Kramlich

                                      -52-

<PAGE>


         /s/ Cristina G. Banks           Director                  June 28, 1999
         -----------------------------
         Cristina G. Banks


                                         Director
         -----------------------------
         William G. Myers


         /s/ James H. Niven              Director                  June 28, 1999
         -----------------------------
         James H. Niven


         /s/ Eric de Rothschild          Director                  June 28, 1999
         -----------------------------
         Eric de Rothschild


         /s/ Mark Hojel                  Director                  June 28, 1999
         -----------------------------
         Mark Hojel


         /s/ Yves-Andre Istel            Director                  June 28, 1999
         -----------------------------
         Yves-Andre Istel


         /s/ Phillip M. Plant            Director                  June 28, 1999
         -----------------------------
         Phillip M. Plant

                                      -53-



                                    L E A S E


         THIS LEASE is made and  entered  into on  December  31,  1998,  between
FRANCES  GOODWIN,  Trustee  of  the  Lois  Martinez  Trust,  hereinafter  called
Landlord,  and CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD., a California  Corporation,  hereinafter
called Tenant.


         Landlord does hereby lease to Tenant, and Tenant does hereby lease from
Landlord  the real  property  commonly  known  as Napa  County  APN  47-272-011,
together  with  all  improvements  thereon,  in the  County  of  Napa,  State of
California,  described  in Exhibit "A"  attached  hereto,  which is  hereinafter
called "the premises".


         THIS LEASE is made upon the following terms and conditions:


         1. Term.  The term of said Lease  shall be for a period of  twenty-five
(25) years, commencing on January 1, 1999, and ending on December 31, 2023. Each
"lease year" shall run from January 1 through the succeeding December 31.


         2. Purpose and Negation of Partnership.  Tenant shall use or occupy the
premises  for the purpose of  planting,  maintaining  and  operating  wine grape
vineyards,  and no other use shall be made by Tenant  without  Landlord's  prior
written  consent.  Landlord  shall not  become or be deemed to be a partner or a
joint venturer with Tenant by reason of the provisions of this Lease.


         3. Rent.


            A. Base Annual Rent. For the first two (2) lease years, Tenant shall
pay a base annual  rental for the  premises  of  $74,250,  payable in advance in
semi-annual  installments  of $37,125 each on December  31, 1998,  July 1, 1999,
December  31, 1999 and July 1, 2000.  For the third (3rd)  through  tenth (10th)
lease  years,  Tenant  shall pay a base  annual  rental of  $99,000,  payable in
advance in semi-annual installments of $49,500 each on December 31 and July 1 of
each year,  commencing  on December 31, 2000.  For the eleventh  (11th)  through
twenty-fifth  (25th)  lease  years,  Tenant  shall pay a base  annual  rental of
$113,850,  payable in advance in  semi-annual  installments  of $56,925  each on
December 31 and July 1 of each year,  commencing on December 31, 2008,  together
with the adjustments provided in Subparagraph B.

                                       1

<PAGE>

            B.  Adjustment of Base Annual Rent.  The base annual rental shall be
subject to  adjustment  commencing  on  January 1, 2010,  and on January 1 every
lease year  thereafter,  by  multiplying  the preceding  year's annual rental by
1.03. For example,  the adjustments for the twelfth (12th) and thirteenth (13th)
lease years shall be as follows:


            Effective on Jan. 1, 2010: 113,850 x 1.03 = $117,265.50/annum


            Effective on Jan. 1, 2011: 117,265.50 x 1.03 = $120,783.46/annum


            C. All rent shall be paid to  Landlord  or  Landlord's  designee  at
World Savings Bank, Account No. 70118813-8, 1310 Second Street, Napa, California
94559, or any other address specified by Landlord in writing. Rent not paid when
due shall bear interest from the date due at the rate of 10% per annum.


         4. Taxes.


            A. Personal Property Taxes:  Tenant shall pay before delinquency all
taxes, assessments,  license fees and other charges that are levied and assessed
against Tenant's  personal  property  installed or located in or on the premises
and that become  payable  during the term.  On demand by Landlord,  Tenant shall
furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence of such payments.


            B. Real Property Taxes: Tenant shall pay all real property taxes and
general and special assessments (including all taxes imposed upon or measured by
gross rentals which are hereinafter enacted to supplement or replace any portion
of State,  County,  City,  School  District  or other  local  governmental  real
property  taxes or  assessments)  which are  levied  and  assessed  against  the
premises  for all land and  improvements  and for all  assessments  against  the
premises  resulting  from the  inclusion of any  valuation  placed upon Tenant's
personal property.


         Each year Landlord  shall furnish Tenant a copy of the tax bills within
twenty (20) days after Landlord's  receipt of said bills.  Tenant shall pay said
taxes  directly  to the Napa County Tax  Collector  or other  authorized  taxing
authority  semi-annually  not  later  than two (2)  days  preceding  the  taxing
authority's  delinquency  date. The 1998-1999  taxes and the taxes for the final
fiscal tax year of the lease term shall be prorated.

                                       2

<PAGE>

        5.  Improvements.  Tenant  shall  plant  wine  grape  vineyards  on any
unplanted  usable  areas,  which  shall  be  planted,  maintained  and  operated
according to the  reasonable and customary  standards  practiced in Napa County.
Tenant may  remove  from the  usable  unplanted  portions  of the  premises  any
vegetation  or  improvements  which  are not  useful  in or are  harmful  to the
planting,  maintenance  and  operation of vineyards.  Tenant may construct  such
improvements (including drainage facilities, water wells, irrigation facilities,
frost control  systems,  roads and fences,  but excluding any  buildings) as are
reasonably  necessary for the  maintenance  and operation of the  vineyards.  No
underground  storage tanks for fuels,  chemicals,  hazardous or toxic substances
shall be installed or maintained by Tenant on the premises.


         All planting,  maintenance,  farming and  replacements of vineyards and
installation  of  related  improvements  on the  premises  shall be at  Tenant's
expense.  The varieties and spacing of the vines planted, the methods of budding
and trellising the plants,  and all other farming  decisions shall be within the
discretion  of the Tenant,  provided  that Tenant  conforms  to  reasonable  and
customary standards in Napa County.


         All improvements  planted,  constructed or installed on the premises by
Tenant  shall be  owned by  Tenant  until  the  termination  of the  Lease.  All
improvements  on the premises at the expiration or termination of the Lease term
shall,  without compensation to Tenant, then become Landlord's property free and
clear of all claims to or against them by Tenant,  subject to the  provisions of
Paragraph 13.


         6. Removal of Existing House and  Maintenance  and Replacement of Other
Improvements.


            A. Prior to the commencement of the term,  Landlord shall remove the
existing  residence  and shed from the premises at Landlord's  cost.  Other than
said removal of the house and shed by Landlord,  Tenant  accepts the premises in
"AS IS"  condition,  and Landlord shall not be required to furnish any services,
perform any corrective  work, or to make any repairs or replacements of any kind
in or upon the premises and the improvements thereon.

                                       3

<PAGE>

            B.  Throughout  the Lease  term,  the  Tenant at its sole cost shall
diligently  maintain,  repair and  replace  the  premises  and all  improvements
thereon in good  condition  and repair and in  conformance  with all  applicable
laws,  rules,  ordinances,  orders and regulations of all governmental  agencies
having  jurisdiction.  Tenant may  determine  the  manner in which the  vineyard
improvements are maintained,  repaired,  replaced and operated in its reasonable
discretion, provided that Tenant shall conform with all reasonable and customary
standards  then in effect in Napa County.  Tenant shall  promptly and diligently
replant all missing,  diseased or dead vines.  If the Tenant  determines  in its
sole  discretion  that it can no longer continue to replant missing vines and to
farm the vineyards with an economic return  satisfactory  to Tenant,  the Tenant
may terminate this Lease. Upon such termination, Landlord in its sole discretion
shall  instruct  Tenant  to  either  leave all  vineyard  improvements  in their
existing condition or to remove any portions or all of the vineyard improvements
which Landlord designates,  and Tenant shall at its sole cost diligently perform
Landlord's instructions.


         7. Compliance with Laws.  Tenant at its sole cost shall comply with all
laws applicable to the premises or Tenant's use of the premises and shall alter,
repair,  or restore the  premises  as required to comply with such laws.  Tenant
shall not cause or permit to be stored,  used or disposed  upon the premises any
toxic or hazardous  substances as such substances are defined under any federal,
state or local laws or regulations.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Tenant may
utilize all reasonable and ordinary farm  chemicals,  pesticides and fertilizers
for the vineyards planted, farmed and maintained on the premises, whether or not
said  chemicals  are toxic,  provided  that said  chemicals are utilized only in
reasonable amounts and in conformity with all laws and regulations existing from
time to time  regarding  the use of such  materials  and are not  stored  on the
premises.  Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims,
damages,  losses,  fines,  liabilities  and required  remediation  costs for any
contamination  resulting from Tenant's  causing or allowing the storage,  use or
dispensing of any hazardous or toxic substances on or about the premises.

                                       4

<PAGE>

         8. No   Warranties  or  Representations  By  Landlord;  Tenant's  Prior
Inspection.


            A.  Landlord  makes  no  warranties,   either  express  or  implied,
concerning  the  condition  of the  premises or any  improvements  thereon,  the
dimensions,   boundaries  or  acreage,  either  gross  or  net  plantable,   the
possibilities that any encroachments or prescriptive use rights of other parties
might exist,  the zoning or potential  uses, the suitability of the premises and
any improvements thereon for any uses Tenant may intend to make of the same, the
soil types,  conditions or percolation rates, the sufficiency of or availability
of water sources or public utilities services,  the surface waters drainage onto
and off of the  premises,  the  possibilities  that  hazardous  substances  have
contaminated any portion of the premises, or any other material facts whatsoever
concerning the premises.


            B. Tenant  acknowledges  that  Landlord and its  attorneys and other
representatives have made no representations of facts nor warranties, express or
implied,  concerning the premises,  nor has Tenant relied upon Landlord and such
representatives  to make any  disclosures  of  material  facts nor  provide  any
relevant  information.  Tenant owns  property  adjacent to the  premises and has
better  knowledge  than  Landlord of the  conditions  of the property  which are
relevant to Tenant.


            C.  Prior  to  signing  this  Lease,  Tenant  conducted  an  initial
inspection of the premises and all  improvements  thereon.  Within 90 days after
signing this Lease, Tenant shall complete its inspection of the premises and all
improvements thereon and of all public regulations and land use planning matters
relating  to the  same and of all  facts  material  to  Tenant  relating  to the
premises,  including, but not limited to, the matters described above concerning
which Landlord has disclaimed any warranties. If Tenant is dissatisfied with any
matters  discovered  from  Tenant's  inspection  for any reasons  whatsoever  in
Tenant's sole and unrestricted  discretion,  Tenant shall give written notice to
Landlord  on or before  March 31,  1999 that this Lease is  terminated,  and all
rights and obligations of all parties to this Lease shall  thereupon  terminate,
and Landlord shall refund both the $37,125 rental payment and the $12,375 option
payment to Tenant on or before May 31, 1999 with no interest charged.  If Tenant
does not so terminate, Tenant shall be deemed to have thoroughly examined and to
have  approved all  conditions of the premises and to have accepted the premises
in their "AS IS" condition.

                                       5

<PAGE>

         9. Inspection.  Landlord  or  its agents may enter the  premises at all
reasonable  times after  giving  Tenant  reasonable  prior notice to examine the
premises and for all other lawful purposes.


        10. Destruction.  If, during the term, the premises or Tenant's vineyard
improvements  on the premises  are totally or partially  damaged or destroyed by
fire, flood,  earthquake,  disease, blight,  infestation,  or any other casualty
(whether  or not  covered  by  insurance)  rendering  the  premises  totally  or
partially  unusable,  unproductive  or  inaccessible,  Tenant shall  restore the
premises to substantially the same condition as they were in immediately  before
such  damage  or  destruction.  Tenant  may  elect to  terminate  this  lease if
substantial  damage  or  destruction  occurs  any time  which is not  caused  by
Tenant's  negligence,  breach or failure to farm or maintain  the  vineyards  in
conformance with customary  standards.  If Tenant  terminates the lease,  Tenant
shall at  Tenant's  sole cost remove the damaged or  destroyed  improvements  in
compliance with Landlord's reasonable instructions. If Tenant does not terminate
the lease, there shall be no abatement or reduction of rent.


        11. Condemnation.   Condemnation   actions  are  unlikely   against  the
premises,  which are located in an  agricultural  portion of Napa  County.  If a
portion of the premises is condemned by a condemning authority taking possession
of said portion pursuant to an order for immediate possession, judgment or other
order in a  condemnation  action,  the Lease shall  continue with respect to the
remaining  portion of the premises not condemned  until  expiration of the lease
term.  The parties  agree that the Base  Annual  Rent,  as adjusted  pursuant to
Paragraph  3.B,  shall be  proportionately  reduced  to adjust for the number of
actual plantable acres taken by such  condemnation,  but no other rent abatement
shall be allowed.


         The entire amount of any condemnation award shall belong to and be paid
solely to  Landlord,  except  Tenant  shall  receive from the award that portion
awarded to compensate Tenant for the vineyards and other leasehold  improvements
constructed  by  Tenant  and for  Tenant's  reasonable  removal  and  relocation
expenses  for  relocatable  personal  property and  equipment.  Tenant shall not
receive any portion of said award as  compensation  for Tenant's  business  good
will,  the value to  Tenant of this  Lease,  or any  other  intangible  property
interests of Tenant.

                                       6

<PAGE>

        12. Indemnification and Insurance Provided by Tenant.


Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and save Landlord harmless in every way from any
and all loss and  liability  for damage to  property  or injury to life that may
arise by reason of Tenant's  occupation  or use of the  premises,  including all
offsite  roadways  which are used by Tenant for access to and from the premises,
other than by Landlord's  gross negligence or willful  misconduct.  Tenant shall
also  reimburse  Landlord  for  all  costs,   charges  and  expenses  (including
reasonable  attorneys' fees) incurred by Landlord as a result of any such damage
to property or injury to person,  including, but not limited to, persons who are
employed  or are  performing  labor  or  services  upon  the  premises.  In this
connection,  Tenant  shall,  at its own  expense,  provide and  maintain  public
liability and property damage  insurance with a single combined  liability limit
of TWO MILLION DOLLARS  ($2,000,000)  for each  occurrence,  which shall protect
Tenant as named insured and Landlord as an additional  insured.  Said  insurance
shall be with companies and in form  reasonably  satisfactory  to Landlord,  and
duplicate policies and certificates of insurance shall be furnished to Landlord,
with Landlord guaranteed advance written notice of cancellation.


         Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for injury to life and damage
to goods,  wares,  merchandise  or other  property in or upon the said premises,
whether  belonging  to  Tenant  or  third  persons,  resulting  from  any  cause
whatsoever, other than by gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.


         Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and save Landlord harmless in every way
from any and all loss and liability from mechanics' and materialmen's  liens and
from any and all other liens,  judgments or encumbrances  created or suffered by
Tenant  and  shall  reimburse  Landlord  for all  costs,  charges  and  expenses
(including  reasonable  attorneys' fees) incurred by Landlord as a result of any
such liens, judgments and encumbrances so created.


         Tenant,  at its cost,  may  maintain a tenant's  policy of standard and
extended  coverage  insurance,  with any vandalism and special form endorsements
desired  by Tenant,  on its  vineyards  and other  improvements,  equipment  and
personal  property.  Said insurance shall contain  provisions in form reasonably
satisfactory to Landlord waiving all rights of subrogation against Landlord with

                                       7

<PAGE>

respect  to losses  payable  by said  insurance,  other  than  losses  caused by
Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct.


         Tenant  shall  maintain at its own cost and expense  during the term of
this Lease all workmen's  compensation  insurance coverage required by the State
of  California,  and shall  require all parties  hired by Tenant as  independent
contractors  who  perform  labor or  services  upon the  premises to procure the
workmen's  compensation  insurance  required by the State of California prior to
commencing  any  labor  or  services  upon the  premises  and to  maintain  such
insurance coverage at all times during the performance of labor or services upon
the premises.


        13. Termination  Upon Default.  If Tenant defaults in the payment of the
rent,  or any part  thereof,  or if Tenant  shall at any time fail or neglect to
perform  or observe  any of the  covenants,  conditions  and  agreements  herein
contained,  and said  default  shall  continue  for a period of thirty (30) days
after  Landlord has given Tenant  written  notice of such default,  or if Tenant
abandons,  vacates or surrenders the premises,  then Landlord may, at Landlord's
election:  (a)  immediately  terminate this Lease,  and Landlord,  or Landlord's
agents,  may thereupon demand possession of and enter upon the premises,  or (b)
without  terminating this Lease, re-let the premises or any part thereof for the
account of Tenant at such rent and for such time and upon such terms as Landlord
may see fit,  and Tenant  shall pay any  deficiency  by which said rental  falls
short of satisfying all rent provided in Paragraphs 3.A and 3.B. In the event of
a re-entry by Landlord as herein  provided,  Landlord  may harvest all crops and
remove  all  property  on the  premises,  whether  belonging  to Tenant or third
persons,  and may store the same in any public  warehouse or  elsewhere  and may
sell all harvested crops at the cost and for the account of Tenant.


         The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any term, covenant or condition
of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such term,  covenant or  condition
or of any  subsequent  breach  of  the  same  or any  other  term,  covenant  or
condition.  Acceptance  of rental by Landlord  subsequent  to any breach  hereof
shall not be deemed a waiver of any  preceding  breach other than the failure to
pay the particular rental so accepted, regardless of Landlord's knowledge of any
breach at the time of such acceptance of rental. Landlord shall not be deemed to
have waived any term, covenant or condition unless Landlord gives Tenant written
notice of such waiver.

                                       8

<PAGE>

         Landlord  is not limited to the  remedies  herein  enumerated,  but may
likewise assert any other or additional remedies available to Landlord at law or
in equity.


        14. Obligation of Tenant Upon  Termination.  Tenant agrees to deliver up
the premises with all  improvements to Landlord  without demand or notice at the
expiration of the term of this Lease,  or upon the sooner  termination  thereof.
Should  Tenant hold over after the  expiration of this Lease or any extension or
renewals  thereof,  Tenant shall be deemed to hold the premises as a tenant from
year to year  under the same  terms and  conditions  as in this Lease set forth,
except  all rents  provided  in  Paragraphs  3.A and 3.B shall be  increased  by
twenty-five percent (25%).


        15. Notices.  Notices and demands by either of the parties hereto may be
given by hand  delivery,  facsimile  transmission,  or certified,  registered or
express  mail,  postage  prepaid,  addressed to the other party at the addresses
hereinafter  set forth.  Notices given by hand delivery  shall be effective upon
receipt.  Notice  sent by  facsimile  shall be  effective  one (1) day after the
sender  receives  confirmation  that  the  facsimile  has been  received  by the
recipient.  Notices  sent by  certified,  registered  or  express  mail shall be
effective  three (3) days  after the date  mailed,  provided,  however,  that if
return  receipt is  requested,  the notice  shall be  effective  when the return
receipt is signed by the recipient.  Either of the parties may from time to time
designate  other  addresses  and  facsimile  numbers by notice in writing to the
other. The addresses and facsimile numbers are:

                           Landlord:        Frances Goodwin, Trustee of the
                                            Lois Martinez Revocable Trust
                                            dated January 9, 1991
                                            211 E. Spring Street
                                            Napa, California 94559
                                            Facsimile: c/o Jeff Salsman
                                                       (707) 257-5137

                           Tenant:          Chalone Wine Group, Ltd.
                                            Attention: W. Phillip Woodward
                                            621 Airpark Road
                                            Napa, California 94558-6272
                                            Facsimile: (707) 254-4204

        16. Landlord's Sale,  Assignment or Transfer.  Subject to the provisions
of Paragraph 22, if Landlord sells, conveys,  assigns or transfers this Lease or
the real property and improvements  which comprise the premises,  Landlord shall
be released and discharged from any liabilities

                                       9

<PAGE>

thereafter accruing under this Lease,  including any obligations with respect to
Tenant's prepaid rent, if Landlord's  successor in right,  title or interest has
assumed in writing, for the benefit of Tenant, all obligations of Landlord under
this Lease and the option provided in Paragraph 21.


        17. Tenant's  Assignment.  Tenant  shall not assign this Lease,  nor any
interest  therein,  nor  sublet  the  premises  or  any  part  thereof,   either
voluntarily  or by  operation  of law,  without  the prior  written  consent  of
Landlord,  which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Upon any
such assignment or subletting,  Tenant shall remain jointly and severally liable
for all obligations of the Tenant set forth in this Lease.  Notwithstanding this
limitation,  Tenant may  assign,  transfer  or convey  this Lease or any partial
interest  therein to any  joint-venture,  partnership,  corporation,  or limited
liability company in which Tenant maintains at least one-half (1/2) ownership as
a joint-venturer, partner, shareholder, or member.


         18. Subordination and Estoppel Certificate.  This Lease is and shall be
subordinate to any deed of trust or other  encumbrance  executed and recorded by
Landlord after the date of this Lease affecting the premises securing loans with
an aggregate total not exceeding  $500,000  (collectively  the "Deed of Trust"),
provided that each such loan shall be limited to those sums which are reasonably
necessary  for the care and  benefit of Lois  Martinez  or the payment of estate
taxes due after her death.


         Each subordination agreement shall contain the following provisions:


         (a) If the Deed of Trust  beneficiary (the  "Beneficiary") or any other
transferee (collectively the "Successor") acquires the title or interests of the
Landlord  in the Lease or the  premises by  foreclosure  sale under such deed of
trust or by deed in lieu of foreclosure  (collectively the  "foreclosure"),  the
Lease and all rights of Tenant  thereunder shall remain in full force and effect
and shall not be  terminated  nor shall  Tenant's  rights to  possession  of the
premises be disturbed  by the  Successor,  so long as Tenant fully  performs all
provisions  of the Lease and is not in default  under any  provision  beyond any
grace or cure period therein.


         (b) Beneficiary  shall not be bound by any  modifications or amendments
to the Lease made without Beneficiary's written consent.

                                       10

<PAGE>

         (c)  Beneficiary  shall  give  Tenant  prompt  written  notice  of  the
recordation of the encumbrance so that Tenant may record a request for notice of
default  and  notice  of sale  pursuant  to Civil  Code  Section  2924b,  or any
amendments to or recodifications of Section 2924b,


         (d) If  Beneficiary  gives Tenant  written  notice that  Landlord is in
default  under the Deed of Trust or the note  secured  thereby and demands  that
Tenant pay rent, taxes or other sums due under the Lease to Beneficiary,  Tenant
shall pay such sums directly to Beneficiary,


         (e) Tenant shall attorn to any  Successor  upon  foreclosure  under the
Deed of Trust.


         (f) Successor  shall not be subject to any claims,  defenses or offsets
which Tenant might have against  Landlord  under the Lease which accrue prior to
foreclosure,  nor be bound by any  prepaid  rent paid more than thirty (30) days
preceding the payment date provided in the Lease for such rent.


         (g) Successor shall assume and perform all duties of the Landlord under
the Lease accruing after the date of foreclosure.


         The loan terms and  documents  for each loan secured by a Deed of Trust
shall be subject  to  Tenant's  prior  review to  determine  that such terms and
documents are  commercially  reasonable and to Tenant's  prior written  consent,
which consent shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  Tenant shall cooperate with
Landlord and shall reasonably approve and execute any subordination agreement or
any modification to the non-disturbance  provisions herein which are required by
a Beneficiary as a condition of making a secured loan to Landlord, provided that
such subordination agreement and modifications are reasonable and provide Tenant
comparable protection to the provisions herein.


         Tenant may  encumber or grant a security  interest in this lease or the
crops grown on the premises for any period, but not extending beyond the term of
this lease.


         Tenant and  Landlord  shall,  within ten (10) days  after  receiving  a
written request from the other,  execute and deliver to the requesting  party an
estoppel certificate stating that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and
effect, or in full force and effect as modified,  and stating the modifications.
The estoppel  certificate also shall state the amount of the current base annual
and

                                       11

<PAGE>

any adjustment pursuant to Paragraph 3.B, the dates to which the rents have been
paid, and the amount of any security deposit or prepaid rent.


        19. No Security  Deposit.  No  security  deposit  shall be required from
Tenant as a security for the  performance  by Tenant of the  provisions  of this
Lease.


        20. Miscellaneous.


            A.  Time  shall  be  of  the  essence  of  this  agreement  and  the
performance of all the terms thereof.


            B. This agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
all  successors  in right,  title or interest  and all  permitted  assignees  or
subtenants of the parties hereto.


            C. The  obligations  of all of the  parties  hereto  are  joint  and
several.


            D. This agreement shall be interpreted and enforced according to the
laws of the State of California.


        21. Tenant's Option To Purchase.


            A. Grant Of Option.  Landlord  hereby  grants to Tenant an option to
purchase from Landlord,  for the purchase price specified in subparagraph D, the
real property and improvements thereon described as the "premises" on Page 1 and
in Exhibit "A" attached  hereto,  which is called the "Option  Property" for the
purposes of this Paragraph 21.


            B. Option  Consideration.  The total option consideration is the sum
of $49,500,  which shall be paid in four installments of $12,375 each payable on
December 31, 1998, July 1, 1999, December 31, 1999 and July 1, 2000. None of the
option  consideration  payments  shall be credited  against the  purchase  price
provided in subparagraph E.


            C. Term Of Option.  The term of this  option  shall  commence on the
first day of the  thirty-sixth  (36th) month following the month of the death of
Lois Martinez or on the first day of the one hundred  twentieth (120th) month of
the lease term,  whichever first occurs, and shall

                                       12

<PAGE>

terminate at 5:00 p.m. on the Thirtieth  (30th)  calendar day following the date
of  commencement  of the option term.  This option may not be extended by Tenant
for any successive  option term  whatsoever.  Landlord shall give Tenant written
notice of the date of death of Lois  Martinez  within thirty (30) days after her
death.


            D.  Exercise Of Option.  Tenant may  exercise  this option by giving
Landlord   written  notice  of  exercise  of  this  option  at  any  time  after
commencement  of the option  term and on or before  5:00 p.m.  on the  thirtieth
(30th) day following  the  commencement  of the option term.  Paragraph 22 below
provides Tenant additional rights to exercise the Option.


            E. Purchase Price. Upon exercise by Tenant of this option, the total
purchase price of the Option  Property  described in subparagraph A shall be the
sum of $1,100,000.00, with no credit given for any part of the option and rental
payments. The purchase price shall be reduced by the principal amount (excluding
all costs,  attorney's fees,  interest and other  non-principal  amounts) of any
condemnation award paid to Landlord as described in Paragraph 11.


            F. Escrow.


               (1) Tenant has  obtained a  preliminary  title  report from First
American  Title  Company of Napa for the option  property  and has  approved all
title matters  disclosed by said preliminary  title report.  Title to the Option
Property  shall be free of  encumbrances,  easements,  restrictions,  rights and
conditions of record or caused by Landlord,  other than such items as existed on
the date of the  commencement of the term of this Lease and the lien for current
real property  taxes and  assessments  which are not due at the time of close of
escrow.


               (2)  Landlord  shall  furnish  Tenant,  at  Tenant's  expense,  a
standard  California Land Title  Association  policy insuring title in Tenant to
the  Option  Property  subject  only  to  the  liens,  encumbrances,  easements,
restrictions, rights and conditions as described in subparagraph (1) above.


               (3) Subject to the  provisions of  subparagraph  H below,  escrow
instructions  signed by Landlord and Tenant shall be delivered to First American
Title Company of Napa, or another escrow company of Tenant's choice, which shall
provide  for the  closing of escrow  thirty

                                       13

<PAGE>

(30) calendar days after Tenant's  exercise of this option.  The rental accruing
pursuant  to this  Lease  shall be  prorated  as of the date of close of escrow.
Tenant is responsible for all real property taxes accrued but unpaid through the
date of close of escrow.  Tenant  shall pay all costs of escrow,  including  the
County of Napa and any other  applicable  transfer  taxes.  The entire  purchase
price shall be paid in cash on close of escrow.


               (4)  Landlord  and  Tenant  shall  cooperate  with each  other in
accomplishing a tax deferred exchange by the other,  provided that the party for
whose benefit the exchange is  accomplished  shall pay all  additional  fees and
costs resulting from their exchange, and such exchange shall not delay the close
of escrow.


            G. Risk Of Loss From Partial Or Total  Destruction  of Premises.  If
Tenant  exercises this option,  Tenant shall bear the entire risk of all damages
or losses from any partial or total  destruction of the Option Property from any
and all causes  which have  already  accrued  prior to or which  occur after the
exercise of the option, but Tenant may rescind its exercise of the option in the
event that  substantial  uninsured  casualty  losses  occur  before the close of
escrow.


            H. Noticed Foreclosure Proceedings. If Landlord's title or interests
in the Option  Property  are at any time subject to a noticed  foreclosure  sale
pursuant to any encumbrance executed or suffered by Landlord,  Tenant shall have
the  option,  but  shall  not be  required,  to pay off the full  amount  of the
encumbrance  required to be paid to cancel any such  foreclosure  sale which has
been  noticed and to credit said  payment in full  against  the  purchase  price
specified in subparagraph E, in which event the term of the option  described in
subparagraph  C shall be modified to commence  upon the date of such  payment by
Tenant to cancel such sale,  and the time within  which  Tenant may exercise the
modified option pursuant to subparagraph D shall expire on the thirtieth  (30th)
day following such payment by Tenant.


            I.  Quitclaim  Deed.  If Tenant fails to exercise this option within
the time required by subparagraph C or G or fails to tender into escrow complete
performance  of all  provisions of this Paragraph 24 required to be performed on
Tenant's part within the 30 day escrow closing period  required by  subparagraph
F(3), this option shall fully and finally  terminate,  and Tenant shall promptly
execute and record a quitclaim deed of the Option Property to Landlord.

                                       14

<PAGE>

        22. Right of First Offer.  If Landlord makes the decision to sell all or
any part of  Landlord's  interests in the  premises,  Landlord  shall first give
written  notice to Tenant of Landlord's  decision to sell, and Tenant shall have
thirty  (30) days after  receipt of such notice  from  Landlord to exercise  its
Option to purchase  the entire  premises by giving  Landlord  written  notice of
exercise as provided in Paragraph  21.D.  If Tenant fails to exercise its option
to purchase  within said thirty (30) day period,  Tenant's option shall continue
as provided in Paragraph  21, and Landlord may offer and sell any part or all of
such  interests  to any  other  parties  upon  any  terms  Landlord  in its sole
discretion determines are acceptable to Landlord,  subject however to this Lease
and Tenant's option rights under Paragraph 21.


        23. Arbitration and Attorneys Fees.


            A. All Claims and causes of action to enforce the  provisions  or to
recover  damages or other  relief for breach of the Lease  shall be  resolved by
binding arbitration  conducted pursuant to the Commercial  Arbitration Rules and
all applicable procedures of the American Arbitration Association then in effect
with a  single  arbitrator  who is an  attorney  with  substantial  real  estate
practice  experience.  The  arbitrator  shall have the same powers as a Superior
Court Judge to order in the award all injunctive, declaratory or other relief or
remedies  which could be entered in an action filed in the Napa County  Superior
Court upon the same causes of action,  and the arbitrator may retain  continuing
jurisdiction  when appropriate to make further  determinations or to enforce the
award.  If  the  American  Arbitration   Association  ceases  to  exist  or  its
arbitration  services become  unavailable within 50 miles of the City of Napa, a
comparable arbitration service and its procedural rules shall be utilized.


            B.  The  prevailing  party in any such  arbitration  proceedings  to
enforce  the  provisions  of this  Lease or to  recover  damages  for any breach
thereof and any court  action to enforce any  arbitration  award or order or for
other  relief  shall be  awarded  their  reasonable  attorneys  fees  and  costs
incurred,  with the  reasonable  amount thereof to be fixed by the arbitrator or
Court rendering the award, order, determination or judgment.


            NOTICE:  BY  INITIALLING IN THE SPACE BELOW YOU ARE AGREEING TO HAVE
ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THE

                                       15

<PAGE>

"ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES"  PROVISION DECIDED BY NEUTRAL  ARBITRATION AS PROVIDED
BY CALIFORNIA LAW AND YOU ARE GIVING UP ANY RIGHTS YOU MIGHT POSSESS TO HAVE THE
DISPUTE  LITIGATED IN A COURT OR JURY TRIAL.  BY  INITIALLING IN THE SPACE BELOW
YOU ARE GIVING UP YOUR  JUDICIAL  RIGHTS TO DISCOVERY  AND APPEAL,  UNLESS THOSE
RIGHTS ARE SPECIFICALLY  INCLUDED IN THE "ARBITRATION OF DISPUTE" PROVISION.  IF
YOU REFUSE TO SUBMIT TO ARBITRATION AFTER AGREEING TO THIS PROVISION, YOU MAY BE
COMPELLED  TO ARBITRATE  UNDER THE  AUTHORITY  OF THE  CALIFORNIA  CODE OF CIVIL
PROCEDURE. YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS ARBITRATION PROVISIONS IS VOLUNTARY.


            WE HAVE  READ AND  UNDERSTAND  THE  FOREGOING  AND  AGREE TO  SUBMIT
DISPUTES  ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS  INCLUDED IN THE  "ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES"
PROVISION TO NEUTRAL ARBITRATION.

            /s/ FG                                     /s/ WPW
          ------------                               ------------
            Landlord                                     Tenant


        24. Trustee's  Warranty of Authority.  Without  modifying or waiving any
provisions  of Paragraph 8, Frances  Goodwin  warrants to Tenant that she is the
sole  qualified and acting  trustee of the Lois Martinez  Revocable  Trust dated
January 9, 1991, as set forth in the  Certificate  of Trust  attached  hereto as
Exhibit "B", which remains in effect  unmodified  through this date, and as such
Trustee  has the power and  authority  to  execute  this Lease on behalf of said
trust  and has not  caused  the  Trust to  enter  into  any  agreement  or other
obligation  and  has  no  knowledge  of any  obligation  of the  Trust  that  is
inconsistent with the rights granted to Tenant hereunder.


        25. Integration.  Landlord and Tenant  agree that this Lease  supersedes
all of their prior oral and written agreements and negotiations, including those
of  their  respective  agents,  attorneys,   accountants,   employees  or  other
representatives  concerning this lease, that this written Lease shall constitute
the  sole  and only  agreement  between  them,  that no  other  oral or  written
agreements   concerning   this  Lease  shall  remain  or  exist,   and  that  no
modifications or amendments to this Lease

                                       16

<PAGE>

shall  be  enforceable  unless  and  until  the same are  reduced  to a  written
amendment signed by both Landlord and Tenant.


DATED:  December 30, 1998  LANDLORD:

    /s/ Frances Goodwin
- ---------------------------------------------
Frances Goodwin, Trustee of the Lois Martinez
Revocable Trust dated January 9, 1991

DATED: December 31, 1998   TENANT:
       -----------         -------

CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD.,
A California corporation

By:      /s/ W. Philip Woodward
    ------------------------------------

Its:     Chairmain
     -----------------------------------


Attest:  /s/ Daniel E. Cohn
        --------------------------------
         Daniel E. Cohn, Secretary


                                       17




                      -------------------------------------


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                     between


                            CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD.


                                       and


              COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK B.A.,
                      "RABOBANK NEDERLAND," NEW YORK BRANCH


                                 March 31, 1999


                      -------------------------------------



<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
SECTION I. GENERAL MATTERS....................................................1
         1.1      Definitions.................................................1
         1.2      Accounting Terms............................................9

SECTION II. THE LOAN..........................................................9
         2.1      The Loans...................................................9
         2.2      Evidence of the Loans......................................10
         2.3      Interest Rates; Commitment Fee.............................10
         2.4      Conversion and Continuation Elections......................11
         2.5      Repayment of the Loans.....................................12
         2.6      Prepayments and Commitment Reductions......................13
         2.7      Payments to the Bank.......................................14
         2.8      Illegality.................................................14
         2.9      Increased Costs and Reduction of Return....................15
         2.10     Funding Losses.............................................15
         2.11     Inability to Determine Rates...............................16
         2.12     Reserves on Offshore Rate Loans............................16
         2.13     Certificates of Bank.......................................16
         2.14     Survival...................................................17

SECTION III. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT............................................17
         3.1      Conditions Precedent to Loan...............................17

SECTION IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...................................19
         4.1      Representations and Warranties.............................19

SECTION V. COVENANTS OF BORROWER.............................................23
         5.1      Affirmative Covenants......................................23
         5.2      Negative Covenants.........................................24
         5.3      Financial Covenants........................................26

SECTION VI. DEFAULT..........................................................27
         6.1      Events of Default..........................................27
         6.2      Effect of Event of Default.................................28

SECTION VII. MISCELLANEOUS...................................................29
         7.1      Amendments and Waivers.....................................29
         7.2      Notices....................................................29
         7.3      No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.............................29
         7.4      Costs and Expenses; Indemnification; Other Charges.........29
         7.5      Survival...................................................31
         7.6      Benefits of Agreement......................................31
         7.7      Governing Law..............................................31
         7.8      Waiver of Jury Trial.......................................31

                                       i.

<PAGE>

         7.9      Entire Agreement...........................................32
         7.10     Severability...............................................32
         7.11     Counterparts...............................................32


EXHIBITS
- --------

Exhibit A                  Form of Revolving Loan Note

Exhibit B                  Form of Term Loan Note

Exhibit C                  Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation

Exhibit D                  Form of Opinion of Borrower's Counsel

Exhibit E                  Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

Exhibit F                  Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit G                  Form of Guaranty

                                       ii.

<PAGE>



                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                  THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of March 31, 1999, by
and between CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD., a California corporation ("Borrower"), and
COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE  RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK B.A., "RABOBANK NEDERLAND," NEW
YORK BRANCH (the "Bank").

                                    RECITALS

                  This  Agreement  is made  and  delivered  on the  basis of the
following facts and understandings of the parties:

                  A  Borrower  has  requested  from the Bank a term  loan in the
maximum aggregate principal amount of $30,000,000.

                  B  Borrower  has  requested  from  the Bank a  revolving  loan
facility in the maximum aggregate principal amount of $40,000,000.

                  C  Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions   stated  in  this
Agreement,  the Bank has  agreed  to make the term loan and the  revolving  loan
facility available to Borrower.

                                    AGREEMENT

                  NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the promises contained in
this  Agreement  and other good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

                           SECTION I. GENERAL MATTERS

                  1.1  Definitions.

                  "Agreement" means this Credit Agreement.

                  "Acquisition"  means any  transaction  or  series  of  related
transactions  for the purpose of, or resulting,  directly or indirectly,  in (a)
the acquisition of all or  substantially  all of the assets of a Person,  or any
line or segment of business or division of a Person,  (b) the  acquisition of in
excess of 50% of the capital stock, partnership interests,  membership interests
or equity of any Person, or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary,
or (c) a merger or  consolidation  or any other  combination with another Person
(other than a Person that is a  Subsidiary)  provided that (i) the Borrower or a
Subsidiary is the surviving entity or (ii) after giving effect to such merger or
consolidation, such other Person has become a Subsidiary of a Borrower.

                  "Bankruptcy  Code"  means  Title 11 of the United  States Code
entitled "Bankruptcy."

                                       1.

<PAGE>

                  "Borrowing  Base"  means,  in respect of the  Borrower  at any
time, the aggregate sum of (i) 100% of Eligible Inventory at such time plus (ii)
80% of Eligible  Receivables  at such time minus (iii)  Grower  Payables at such
time.

                  "Borrowing  Base   Certificate"   means  a  certificate  of  a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower in substantially the form of EXHIBIT E, with
such changes thereto as the Bank may from time to time reasonably request.

                  "Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or
a day on which  commercial  banks in New York City,  New York, are authorized to
close and, if the  applicable  day relates to any LIBOR Rate Loan,  means such a
day on which  dealings are carried on in the  applicable  offshore  U.S.  Dollar
interbank market.

                  "Canoe Ridge  Intercompany  Loan Amount"  means the sum of (i)
$10,000,000  plus (ii) on each anniversary of the Closing Date, 10% of the Canoe
Ridge Intercompany Loan Amount then in effect.

                  "Capital Adequacy Regulation" means any guideline,  request or
directive of any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other law,
rule or  regulation,  whether  or not  having  the force of law,  in each  case,
regarding capital adequacy of any bank or of any corporation controlling a bank.

                  "Change of Control"  means (a) any  "person"  (as such term is
used in subsections  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) or group of persons on
or after the Closing Date other than  "affiliates" (as such term is used in Rule
405 of the Securities  Act of 1933),  is or becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as
defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly,  of securities of
the  Company  representing  51% or  more of the  combined  voting  power  of the
Company's  then-outstanding voting securities, or (b) the existing directors for
any reason cease to  constitute a majority of the Company'  board of  directors.
"Existing  directors" means (x) individuals  constituting the Company's board of
directors on the Closing Date, and (y) any subsequent director whose election by
the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company's  shareholders
was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the  directors  then in office,
which  directors  either were directors on the Closing Date or whose election or
nomination for election was previously so approved.

                  "Closing  Date" has the meaning  given to such term in Section
3.1 of this Agreement.

                  "Compliance  Certificate" means a certificate of a Responsible
Officer  of the  Borrower,  in  substantially  the form of  EXHIBIT F, with such
changes thereto as the Bank may from time to time reasonably request.

                  "Conversion/Continuation  Date"  means  each  date on  which a
Revolving  Loan is  continued as or  converted  into a Reference  Rate Loan or a
LIBOR Rate Loan, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 2.4.

                                       2.

<PAGE>

                  "Drawdown  Expiration  Date" means the date which is 18 months
after the Closing Date.

                  "EBIT" means,  in respect of the Borrower for any period,  net
income plus  Interest  Expense plus income tax expense,  in each case which were
deducted in  determining  net income,  determined in  accordance  with GAAP on a
consolidated basis.

                  "EBITDA" means, in respect of the Borrower for any period, net
income plus  Interest  Expense  plus income tax expense  plus  depreciation  and
amortization  expense,  in each case  which were  deducted  in  determining  net
income, determined in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis.

                  "Eligible  Inventory" means, at any time, the aggregate amount
of such  Borrower's  bulk wine,  cased wine,  separately  bottled  wine and Wine
Bottling  Inventory.  Eligible Inventory shall be valued (A) in the case of bulk
wine, at 65% of the book value at the date of determination,  (B) in the case of
cased wine or  separately  bottled wine, at 60% of the book value at the date of
determination,  and (C) in the case of Wine Bottling  Inventory,  at 60% of book
value at the date of determination.

                  "Eligible  Receivables"  means,  at any  time,  the  aggregate
amount of the Borrower's  Receivables,  payable in cash in U.S. dollars,  net of
applicable  allowances,   reserves,   discounts,  returns,  credits  or  offsets
(including allowances or reserves for doubtful accounts),  excluding Receivables
that are 90 days or more past due.

                  "Environmental  Laws" means all federal,  state or local laws,
statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations,  ordinances and codes, together
with all administrative orders, directives,  requests, licenses,  authorizations
and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authorities,  in each case
relating to environmental,  health,  safety and land use matters,  including the
Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation and Liability Act of 1980,
the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water  Pollution  Control Act of 1972,  the Solid
Waste  Disposal  Act, the Federal  Resource  Conservation  and Recovery Act, the
Toxic Substances Control Act, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know
Act, the  California  Hazardous  Waste Control Law, the  California  Solid Waste
Management,  Resource  Recovery and Recycling Act, the California Water Code and
the California Health and Safety Code.

                  "Edna Valley  Intercompany  Loan Amount"  means the sum of (i)
$15,000,000  plus (ii) on each  anniversary of the Closing Date, 10% of the Edna
Valley Intercompany Loan Amount then in effect.

                  "Event  of  Default"  has the  meaning  given to such  term in
Section 6.1 of this Agreement.

                  "Existing Subordinated Notes" means the Borrower's Convertible
Subordinated  Debentures due in 1999,  bearing  interest at 5% per annum, in the
original principal amount of $8,500,000.

                                       3.

<PAGE>

                  "Fixed  Rate  Term  Loan"  means,  at  any  time,  the  unpaid
principal  balance of the Term Loan equal to the lesser of (i)  $20,000,000  and
(ii) the unpaid principal balance of the Term Loan outstanding at such time.

                  "GAAP" means generally accepted  accounting  principles in the
United States as in effect from time to time.

                  "Governmental  Authority"  means any federal,  state,  county,
local or other  governmental  department,  commission,  board,  bureau,  agency,
central bank, court, tribunal or other instrumentality, domestic or foreign.

                  "Grower  Payables"  means,  in  respect of the  Borrower,  the
aggregate  amount due from the  Borrower  to any other  Person on account of any
crops,  produce,  or raw materials supplied by such Person to the Borrower as to
which crops, produce or raw materials such Person has statutory lien rights.

                  "Guaranty"  means a  Guaranty  in  substantially  the  form of
EXHIBIT G.

                  "Hazardous   Substances"   means   any   toxic  or   hazardous
substances, materials or wastes, contaminants or pollutants, including asbestos,
PCBs,  petroleum  products  and  byproducts,  substances  defined  or  listed as
"hazardous substances," "hazardous materials" or "toxic substances" or similarly
identified  in  or  pursuant  to  the  Comprehensive   Environmental   Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Hazardous  Materials  Transportation
Act and the Resource  Conservation  and Recovery Act, any chemical  substance or
mixture  regulated  under the Toxic  Substances  Control Act of 1976, any "toxic
pollutants" under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, any hazardous
air pollutant under the Clean Air Act, any hazardous or toxic  substance,  waste
or pollutant  regulated  under any other  applicable  Environmental  Law, or any
other substance or material which may cause or be claimed to cause any liability
of any owner or operator of any  property to any Person,  any owner of any other
property,  or any  Governmental  Authority in connection with any  Environmental
Law.

                  "Indebtedness" means, for any Person:

                                 a.   All  indebtedness or other  obligations of
                                      such Person for borrowed  money or for the
                                      deferred  purchase  price of  property  or
                                      services;

                                 b.   All indebtedness  created or arising under
                                      any   conditional   sale  or  other  title
                                      retention   agreement   with   respect  to
                                      property  acquired  by such  Person  (even
                                      though  the  rights  and  remedies  of the
                                      seller or lender  under such  agreement in
                                      the  event  of  default   are  limited  to
                                      repossession or sale of such property);

                                 c.   All obligations under capital leases;

                                       4.

<PAGE>

                                 d.   All  reimbursement or other obligations of
                                      such Person under or in respect of letters
                                      of credit,  bankers acceptances,  interest
                                      rate  swaps,  caps,  floors  and  collars,
                                      currency swaps, or other similar financial
                                      products;

                                 e.   All  indebtedness of another Person of the
                                      types  referred to in clause (a), (b), (c)
                                      or  (d)  above,   guaranteed  directly  or
                                      indirectly in any manner by the Person for
                                      whom Indebtedness is being determined,  or
                                      in   effect    guaranteed    directly   or
                                      indirectly  by  such  Person   through  an
                                      agreement  (1)  to pay  or  purchase  such
                                      Indebtedness or to advance or supply funds
                                      for  the   payment  or  purchase  of  such
                                      Indebtedness,  (2) to  purchase,  sell  or
                                      lease (as lessee or lessor)  property,  or
                                      to  purchase or sell  services,  primarily
                                      for the purpose of enabling  the debtor to
                                      make  payment of such  Indebtedness  or to
                                      assure  the  holder  of such  Indebtedness
                                      against loss, (3) to supply funds to or in
                                      any  other  manner  invest  in the  debtor
                                      (including   any   agreement  to  pay  for
                                      property  or  services   irrespective   of
                                      whether or not such  property  is received
                                      or such  services  are  rendered),  or (4)
                                      otherwise  to  assure a  creditor  against
                                      loss; and

                                 f.   All  indebtedness of another Person of the
                                      types  referred to in clause (a), (b), (c)
                                      or (d) above  secured by (or for which the
                                      holder   of  such   indebtedness   has  an
                                      existing  right,  contingent or otherwise,
                                      to be  secured  by)  any  Lien  upon or in
                                      property  (including accounts and contract
                                      rights)  owned  by  the  Person  for  whom
                                      Indebtedness  is  being  determined,  even
                                      though  such  Person  has not  assumed  or
                                      become  liable  for  the  payment  of such
                                      indebtedness of such other Person.


                  "Indemnified  Liabilities"  has the meaning given to such term
in Section 7.4(B) of this Agreement.

                  "Indemnified  Person"  has the  meaning  given to such term in
Section 7.4(B) of this Agreement.

                  "Interest  Expense"  means, in respect of the Borrower for any
period,  interest expense (including that attributable to capital leases) of the
Borrower,  including all commissions,  discounts and other fees and charges owed
with respect to standby letters of credit, determined in accordance with GAAP on
a consolidated basis.

                  "Interest Period" means the period commencing on the borrowing
date of a LIBOR Rate Loan or on the Conversion/Continuation Date on which a Loan
is converted into or

                                       5.

<PAGE>


continued as a LIBOR Rate Loan,  and ending on the date one, two or three months
thereafter  as  selected  by  Borrower  in its  borrowing  notice  or  Notice of
Conversion/Continuation; provided that:

                                 (i) if any Interest  Period would otherwise end
     on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended
     to the following  Business Day unless the result of such extension would be
     to carry such Interest  Period into another  calendar month, in which event
     such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

                                 (ii) any  Interest  Period  that  begins on the
     last  Business  Day of a calendar  month (or on a day for which there is no
     numerically  corresponding  day in the  calendar  month  at the end of such
     Interest  Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar  month
     at the end of such  Interest  Period;  and

                                 (iii) no Interest  Period shall  extend  beyond
     the Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

                  "LIBOR  Margin" means,  with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans,  the
amount set forth  opposite the indicated  Level below the heading "LIBOR Margin"
in the pricing grid set forth on Annex I in accordance  with the  parameters for
calculations of such amounts also set forth on Annex I.

                  "LIBOR  Rate"  shall  mean  the  interest  per  annum at which
deposits  in dollars  are  offered  to the  Cayman  Branch of Bank in the London
eurodollar  market two  business  days  before  the first day of the  applicable
Interest  Period  for the LIBOR  Rate Loan for a period  equal to such  Interest
Period and in the amount of the LIBOR Rate Loan.

                  "LIBOR  Rate  Loan"  means a Loan at such  times  as it  bears
interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

                  "Lien" means any  mortgage,  deed of trust,  pledge,  security
interest,   assignment,   deposit  arrangement,   charge  or  encumbrance,  lien
(statutory  or  other),  or  other  preferential   arrangement   (including  any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement,  any financing lease having
substantially  the same economic effect as any of the foregoing or any agreement
to give any security interest).

                  "Loans" means,  collectively,  the Term Loan and the Revolving
Loans.

                  "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Term Loan Note, the
Revolving  Loan Note, the  Guaranties  and all other  documents,  agreements and
instruments delivered to the Bank under or in connection with this Agreement.

                  "Maximum  Intercompany  Loan  Amount"  means  the  sum  of (i)
$20,000,000  plus  (ii) on each  anniversary  of the  Closing  Date,  10% of the
Maximum Intercompany Loan Amount then in effect.

                                       6.

<PAGE>

                  "Net Worth"  means,  in respect of the Borrower on any date of
determination, total assets of the Borrower on such date minus total liabilities
of  the  Borrower  on  such  date,  determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP  on a
consolidated basis.

                  "Notes"  means,  collectively,  the  Term  Loan  Note  and the
Revolving Loan Note.

                  "Notice   of   Conversion/Continuation"   means  a  notice  in
substantially the form of EXHIBIT C.

                  "Opinion of Counsel to Borrower" means that certain opinion of
legal counsel to Borrower, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT D.

                  "Permitted Liens" means:

                                 a.   Liens  in  favor  of  the  Bank   securing
                                      Borrower's Indebtedness to Bank;

                                 b.   Liens in  existence as of the Closing Date
                                      and listed on Schedule 1.1, or renewals or
                                      extension  of such liens  (other  than any
                                      renewal or  extension  of the Wells  Fargo
                                      Bank Liens);

                                 c.   Additional  Liens on the  assets of one or
                                      more Subsidiaries of the Borrower securing
                                      Indebtedness  which,   together  with  all
                                      Indebtedness  secured by Liens  referenced
                                      in the  preceding  clause  (b),  does  not
                                      exceed in the aggregate  $3,000,000 at any
                                      time outstanding; and

                                 d.   The  following,  if the validity or amount
                                      thereof is being  contested  in good faith
                                      by appropriate and lawful proceedings,  so
                                      long as levy and  execution  thereon  have
                                      been stayed and  continue to be stayed and
                                      they do not, in the aggregate,  materially
                                      detract  from the value of the  Borrower's
                                      assets,  or materially  impair  Borrower's
                                      financial  condition:  (1) Claims or liens
                                      for taxes, assessments, or charges due and
                                      payable   and   subject  to   interest  or
                                      penalty;   and(2)  Adverse   judgments  on
                                      appeal.


                  "Person" means an individual, corporation,  partnership, joint
venture,  limited liability company, trust,  unincorporated  organization or any
other juridical entity.

                  "Receivable   Debtor"   means  any  Person   obligated   on  a
Receivable.

                  "Receivables"  means all rights to payment  arising out of the
sale or lease of goods or the  performance of services in the ordinary and usual
course of business, however evidenced.

                                       7.

<PAGE>

                  "Reference  Rate"  means  the  rate of  interest  periodically
established by the Bank as its "Reference  Rate," as such rate may change,  from
time to time. The Reference Rate is not  necessarily  the lowest or best rate of
interest made available by the Bank to its most creditworthy  customers,  and no
representation, express or implied, is made with respect thereto.

                  "Reference  Rate Loan"  means a Loan at such times as it bears
interest at a rate determined by reference to the Reference Rate.

                  "Requirement  of  Law"  means,  as  to  any  Person,  any  law
(statutory  or  common),  treaty,  rule or  regulation  or  determination  of an
arbitrator or of a Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding
upon the  Person or any of its  property  or to which  the  Person or any of its
property is subject.

                  "Responsible  Officer" means, with respect to any Person,  the
chief  executive  officer,  the  manager,  the  president,  the chief  financial
officer, any vice president or the treasurer of such Person, or any other senior
officer  of  such  Person   having   substantially   the  same   authority   and
responsibility;  or, with respect to compliance  with financial  covenants,  the
chief financial officer or the treasurer of any such Person, or any other senior
officer of such Person involved  principally in the financial  administration or
controllership  function  of such  Person  and  having  substantially  the  same
authority and responsibility.

                  "Revolving  Loan"  has the  meaning  assigned  to such term in
Section 2.1(B) of this Agreement.

                  "Revolving  Loan  Facility"  has the meaning  assigned to such
term in Section 2.1(B) of this Agreement.

                  "Revolving Loan Facility  Commitment"  means the commitment of
the Bank to make Revolving  Loans to the Borrower in accordance with and subject
to the terms hereof in an aggregate  principal amount not to exceed  $40,000,000
at any  time  outstanding,  as the  same  may be  reduced  from  time to time in
accordance with the terms hereof.

                  "Revolving Loan Maturity Date" means March 31, 2001.

                  "Revolving Loan Note" means that certain  promissory note from
Borrower to the order of the Bank substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A.

                  "Subsidiary" means any corporation,  association, partnership,
joint venture,  limited  liability company or other business entity of which 50%
or more of the  voting  stock or other  equity  interest  is owned  directly  or
indirectly by any Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person
or a combination  thereof.  Unless the context otherwise  clearly requires,  all
references herein to a "Subsidiary" shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

                  "Tangible Net Worth"  means,  in respect of the Borrower as of
any date of determination,  total assets minus total liabilities,  measured on a
consolidated  basis for the

                                       8.

<PAGE>

Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; provided,  however,  that
there shall be excluded  from total assets all assets which would be  classified
as intangible assets in accordance with GAAP, including goodwill, organizational
expense,  research  and  development  expense,  patent  applications,   patents,
trademarks,  trade names,  brands,  copyrights,  trade secrets,  customer lists,
licenses, franchises and covenants not to compete.

                  "Term Loan" has the  meaning  assigned to such term in Section
2.1(A) of this Agreement.

                  "Term Loan  Commitment"  means the  commitment  of the Bank to
make the Term Loan to the Borrower in  accordance  with and subject to the terms
hereof in an aggregate  principal  amount not to exceed  $30,000,000 at any time
outstanding, as the same may be reduced from time to time in accordance with the
terms hereof.

                  "Term Loan Maturity Date" means March 31, 2006.

                  "Term  Loan  Note"  means that  certain  promissory  note from
Borrower to the order of the Bank substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B.

                  "Upfront Fee" means the sum of $75,000, payable by Borrower to
the Bank at closing.

                  "Wells Fargo Bank Debt" means the total amount of Indebtedness
owing by the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  to Wells Fargo Bank,  N.A..  (As of
March  26,  1999,  the  principal  amount  of the  Wells  Fargo  Bank  Debt  was
$23,866,335).

                  "Wells Fargo Bank Liens" means those Liens granted by Borrower
and its  Subsidiaries  on certain of their  assets in favor of Wells Fargo Bank,
N.A., which Liens secure the Wells Fargo Bank Debt.

                  "Wine Bottling Inventory" means Borrower's bottles,  corks and
other supplies used in its wine production.

                  1.2 Accounting Terms.  Accounting terms used and not otherwise
defined in this Agreement have the meanings determined by GAAP. Unless otherwise
provided in this  Agreement,  all  calculations  with respect to  accounting  or
financial  matters  shall be  computed  in  accordance  with GAAP,  consistently
applied.

                              SECTION II. THE LOAN

                  2.1 The Loans

                      (A) The Term Loan. Subject to the terms of this Agreement,
the Bank agrees to make loans to Borrower  from time to time on any Business Day
during the period from the Closing Date through the Drawdown  Expiration Date in
an amount not to exceed the Term

                                       9.

<PAGE>

Loan  Commitment  (such loans,  as the aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount
thereof may be reduced from time to time by  scheduled  payment,  prepayment  or
otherwise,  the "Term Loan"). Any amount of the Term Loan that is repaid may not
be reborrowed.

                      (B) The Revolving Loan  Facility.  Subject to the terms of
this Agreement,  the Bank agrees to make available to Borrower during the period
from the Closing Date to the Revolving  Maturity Date a revolving  loan facility
in an aggregate  amount  outstanding not to exceed at any time the lesser of (i)
$40,000,000,  and (ii) the Borrowing  Base then in effect (the  "Revolving  Loan
Facility").  Each revolving loan made to Borrower pursuant to the Revolving Loan
Facility shall be a "Revolving  Loan." Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Loan
Facility  may be repaid  and  reborrowed  in  accordance  with the terms of this
Agreement.

                      (C) Wells Fargo Bank Payoff.  Borrower  hereby agrees that
the first  advances under the Term Loan and the Revolving Loan Facility shall be
made for the sole purpose of repaying in full the Wells Fargo Bank Debt existing
on the Closing  Date.  Borrower  hereby  authorizes  and directs the Bank to pay
directly to Wells Fargo Bank,  N.A.  such proceeds of the Loans as are necessary
to pay in full the Wells Fargo Bank Debt owing on the Closing Date.

                  2.2 Evidence of the Loans.

                      (A) Notes. As additional  evidence of the Loans,  Borrower
shall execute and deliver to the Bank the Notes.

                      (B)  Recordkeeping.  The Bank shall record in its internal
records the date and amount of each  disbursement  of proceeds  under the Loans,
the amount of  principal  and interest  due and payable  hereunder  from time to
time, each payment thereof and the resulting unpaid principal balance of each of
the Loans. Any such recordation shall be rebuttable  presumptive evidence of the
accuracy of the  information so recorded.  Any failure to so record or any error
in doing so shall not,  however,  limit or otherwise  affect the  obligations of
Borrower  hereunder and under the Notes to pay the Indebtedness  owing under the
Loans.

                  2.3 Interest Rates; Commitment Fee.

                      (A) Term Loan.  The unpaid  principal  balance of the Term
Loan shall bear interest as follows:

                          (i) at all  times  prior  to the  Drawdown  Expiration
Date,  the  unpaid  principal  balance  of the Term  Loan  shall  bear  interest
calculated at a fluctuating  rate per annum equal to, at the  Borrower's  option
(except as otherwise  provided  herein) (I) the LIBOR Rate plus 1.20% during any
Interest Period or (II) the Reference Rate plus 0%; and

                          (ii)  at  all  times  from  and  after  the   Drawdown
Expiration  Date,  the  unpaid  principal  balance  of the Term Loan  shall bear
interest  calculated at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to, at the Borrower's
option (except as otherwise  provided  herein) (1) the

                                      10.

<PAGE>

LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Margin during any Interest Period or (2) the Reference
Rate  plus 0%.

                      (B) Revolving Loans. The unpaid principal  balance of each
Revolving  Loan shall bear interest  calculated at a fluctuating  rate per annum
equal to, at Borrower's option (except as otherwise  provided  herein),  (i) the
LIBOR Rate plus 0.875% during any Interest Period,  (ii) the Reference Rate plus
0%, or (iii) such other interest rates for such other interest  periods as shall
be mutually agreed upon from time to time by the Borrower and the Bank.

                      (C) Commitment Fee The Borrower  agrees to pay to the Bank
a commitment  fee on the average  daily  unused  portion of the  Revolving  Loan
Facility  Commitment  as in effect from time to time from the Closing Date until
the  Revolving  Loan  Maturity  Date at the rate of 0.125%  per  annum,  payable
quarterly  in  arrears  on the  last  Business  Day of  each  calendar  quarter,
commencing on the first such date after the Closing Date, and terminating on the
earlier  of the  date the  Revolving  Loan  Facility  Commitment  is  terminated
hereunder or the Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

                      (D)  Default   Rate;   Calculation   Period.   During  the
continuance  of an Event of Default,  Borrower  shall pay interest on all unpaid
amounts  due and  owing in  connection  with the  Loans  and the Loan  Documents
calculated  at a  fluctuating  rate per annum equal to the  Reference  Rate plus
three percent (3%).  All  interest,  for any period,  shall be calculated on the
basis of a  360-day  year and the  actual  number  of days  elapsed  during  the
relevant period.

                  2.4 Conversion and Continuation Elections.

                      (A) The Borrower may, upon  irrevocable  written notice to
the Bank in accordance with subsection (B) below:

                                 a.   elect, as of any Business Day, in the case
                                      of a  Reference  Rate  Loan,  or as of the
                                      last  day  of  the   applicable   Interest
                                      Period,  in the case of a LIBOR Rate Loan,
                                      to  convert  such  Reference  Rate Loan or
                                      LIBOR Rate Loan into the other; or

                                 b.   elect,   as  of  the   last   day  of  the
                                      applicable  Interest Period, to continue a
                                      LIBOR Rate Loan having an Interest  Period
                                      expiring on such day.

                      (B)   The   Borrower    shall    deliver   a   Notice   of
Conversion/Continuation  to be  received  by the Bank not later  than 11:00 a.m.
(California   time)  at  least  (i)  three  Business  Days  in  advance  of  the
Conversion/Continuation  Date, if the Loan is to be converted  into or continued
as  a  LIBOR  Rate  Loan;   and  (ii)  one   Business  Day  in  advance  of  the
Conversion/Continuation  Date,  if the Loan is to be converted  into a Reference
Rate Loan, specifying:

                                      11.

<PAGE>

                                 a.   the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;

                                 b.   whether   the   proposed   conversion   or
                                      continuation  will  result in a  Reference
                                      Rate Loan or a LIBOR Rate Loan; and

                                 c.   other than in the case of conversion  into
                                      a Reference Rate Loan, the duration of the
                                      requested Interest Period.


                      (C)  If  upon  the  expiration  of  any  Interest   Period
applicable to a LIBOR Rate Loan,  the Borrower has failed to select timely a new
Interest  Period to be  applicable  to the LIBOR Rate  Loan,  or if any Event of
Default then exists, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert the
LIBOR Rate Loan into a Reference Rate Loan  effective as of the expiration  date
of such Interest Period.

                      (D)  Unless  the  Bank  otherwise  consents,   during  the
existence  of an Event of Default,  the Borrower may not elect to have the Loans
converted  into or continued as a LIBOR Rate Loan.

                      (E)  Unless  the Bank  otherwise  consents,  after  giving
effect to any continuation or conversion of Loans,  there shall not be more than
ten Interest Periods in effect.

                  2.5 Repayment of the Loans.

                      (A)  Term  Loan.  Prior to the Term  Loan  Maturity  Date,
accrued interest shall be due and payable on the unpaid principal balance of the
Term Loan in arrears on the last day of each calendar month, commencing on April
30,  1999.  The  unpaid  principal  balance  of the Term Loan shall be repaid in
twenty-two  substantially  equal consecutive  installments  (based on a ten-year
amortization  schedule) due and payable on the last day of each calendar quarter
and commencing on December 31, 2000, plus a final principal installment equal to
the unpaid principal  balance of the Term Loan then  outstanding,  together with
all  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  thereon,  due and  payable on the Term Loan
Maturity Date.

                      (B) Revolving Loans.  Prior to the Revolving Loan Maturity
Date,  accrued  interest  shall be due and  payable  on the  Revolving  Loans in
arrears on the last day of each  calendar  month,  commencing on April 30, 1999.
The  Revolving  Loans  shall be due and  payable in full on the  Revolving  Loan
Maturity Date.

                  2.6 Prepayments and Commitment Reductions.

                      (A) Optional Prepayments.  Upon at least ten (10) Business
Days' written notice to the Bank,  Borrower may, subject to Section 2.10, prepay
the outstanding principal amount of the Loans in whole or in part, and from time
to time, without premium or penalty.

                                      12.

<PAGE>

                      (B)  Mandatory  Prepayments.  If at any time the aggregate
principal  amount of the outstanding  Revolving Loans shall exceed the Borrowing
Base then in effect,  the Borrower,  upon becoming aware of such excess,  shall,
not  later  than  three  Business  Days  after  becoming  so aware,  prepay  the
outstanding  principal  amount of the Revolving Loans in an amount equal to such
excess, subject to Section 2.10.

                      (C) Effect of Prepayments.  All partial prepayments of any
kind shall not relieve  Borrower of its obligation to make  regularly  scheduled
payments  of  principal,  interest  or other  Indebtedness  as  required by this
Agreement or any other Loan Document.

                      (D) Optional Reduction or Termination of Commitments.  The
Borrower may, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days' prior written notice to
the Bank, terminate or voluntarily reduce the Revolving Loan Facility Commitment
and/or the Term  Commitment  by an aggregate  minimum  amount,  in each case, of
$1,000,000  or any multiple of  $1,000,000  in excess  thereof.  Once reduced in
accordance with this subsection 2.6(D),  the Revolving Loan Facility  Commitment
or the Term  Commitment,  as the case may be, may not be increased.  All accrued
and unpaid commitment fees to the effective date of any reduction or termination
of the Revolving Loan Facility Commitment shall be paid on the effective date of
such reduction or  termination.  If after giving effect to any such reduction or
termination  of the Revolving Loan Facility  Commitment the aggregate  principal
amount of the Revolving Loans then  outstanding  would exceed the Revolving Loan
Facility  Commitment then in effect,  the Borrower shall  concurrently  with the
effectiveness of such reduction or termination prepay the outstanding  principal
amount of the  Revolving  Loans in an amount  equal to such  excess,  subject to
Section 2.10. If after giving effect to any such reduction or termination of the
Term Commitment the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan then outstanding
would exceed the Term Commitment then in effect, the Borrower shall concurrently
with the  effectiveness of such reduction or termination  prepay the outstanding
principal amount of the Term Loan in an amount equal to such excess,  subject to
Section  2.10.  Any  reduction or  termination  of the  Revolving  Loan Facility
Commitment  or the Term  Commitment  effective  on or prior to the date  that is
twenty-three  months after the Closing Date shall be subject to a prepayment fee
equal to 2% of the aggregate  principal amount of such reduction or termination,
which   prepayment  fee  shall  be  due  and  payable   concurrently   with  the
effectiveness of such reduction or termination.

                  2.7 Payments to the Bank.

                  All  payments  of  interest  on,  principal  of, and all other
amounts  payable to the Bank in respect of or in connection with the Loans shall
be paid  directly  to the  Bank in  immediately  available  funds  on the  dates
specified under this Agreement,  or if any such date is not a Business Day, then
on the next  succeeding  Business Day (and all such  extensions of time shall be
included in the  computation  of the amount of interest to be paid by Borrower),
in immediately  available funds. The Bank shall send Borrower  statements of all
amounts due under this  Agreement  for interest,  principal,  fees and expenses.
Those statements shall be considered prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the
amounts due,  absent  manifest  error,  and shall be

                                      13.

<PAGE>

binding on Borrower unless Borrower notifies the Bank to the contrary within ten
(10) days of receipt of any statement that Borrower deems to be incorrect.

                  2.8 Illegality.

                      (A) If the Bank determines that the introduction after the
date hereof of any  Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law,
or in the  interpretation  or administration of any Requirement of Law, has made
it  unlawful,  or that any  central  bank or other  Governmental  Authority  has
asserted that it is unlawful,  for the Bank or its applicable  lending office to
make any LIBOR Rate Loan,  then, on notice  thereof by the Bank to the Borrower,
any  obligation  of the Bank to make a LIBOR Rate Loan shall be suspended  until
the Bank  notifies  the  Borrower  that the  circumstances  giving  rise to such
determination no longer exist.

                      (B) If the Bank determines that it is unlawful to maintain
any LIBOR Rate Loan,  the  Borrower  shall be deemed to have  elected to convert
such LIBOR Rate Loan to a Reference  Rate Loan effective upon the earlier of (i)
the last day of the Interest Period thereof,  if the Bank may lawfully  continue
to maintain such LIBOR Rate Loan to such day, or (ii)  immediately,  if the Bank
may not lawfully  continue to maintain such LIBOR Rate Loan.  The Borrower shall
be required to pay to the Bank upon demand any  amounts  payable  under  Section
2.10 resulting from any such  mandatory  conversion  from a LIBOR Rate Loan to a
Reference Rate Loan.

                  2.9 Increased Costs and Reduction of Return.

                      (A) If the Bank  determines  that,  due to either  (i) the
introduction  of or any  change in or in the  interpretation  by a  Governmental
Authority, of competent jurisdiction, in each case after the date hereof, of any
law or  regulation  or (ii) the  compliance  by the Bank with any  guideline  or
request from any central bank or other  Governmental  Authority  (whether or not
having the force of law), which introduction, change or interpretation,  imposes
or modifies any reserve,  special deposit or similar  requirement or changes the
basis on which taxes (other than taxes  imposed on or measured by the net income
of Bank or its applicable lending office) relating to the extension of the Loans
hereunder,  there  shall be any  increase in the cost to the Bank of agreeing to
make or making,  funding or maintaining  any LIBOR Rate Loan,  then the Borrower
shall be liable for, and shall from time to time,  upon demand,  pay to the Bank
additional  amounts as are  sufficient to compensate the Bank for such increased
costs.

                      (B) If  the  Bank  shall  have  determined  that  (i)  the
introduction after the date hereof of any Capital Adequacy Regulation,  (ii) any
change  after the date  hereof in any  Capital  Adequacy  Regulation,  (iii) any
change  after the date hereof in the  interpretation  or  administration  of any
Capital Adequacy Regulation by any central bank or other Governmental  Authority
charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or (iv) compliance by
the Bank (or its applicable  lending office) or any corporation  controlling the
Bank with any Capital  Adequacy  Regulation  after the date  hereof,  affects or
would affect the amount of capital  required

                                      14.

<PAGE>

or expected to be maintained by the Bank or any corporation controlling the Bank
and (taking into  consideration the Bank's or such  corporation's  policies with
respect to capital adequacy and the Bank's desired return on capital) determines
that the amount of such  capital is increased  as a  consequence  of its Loan or
obligations under this Agreement, then, upon demand by the Bank to the Borrower,
the Borrower shall pay to the Bank,  from time to time as specified by the Bank,
additional amounts sufficient to compensate the Bank for such increase.

                  2.10 Funding Losses. The Borrower shall reimburse the Bank and
hold the Bank  harmless  from any loss or expense  which the Bank may sustain or
incur as a consequence of:

                      (A) the failure of the  Borrower to make on a timely basis
any payment of principal required hereunder of any LIBOR Rate Loan;

                      (B) the  failure of the  Borrower  to borrow,  continue or
convert  any of the  Loans  after the  Borrower  has given (or is deemed to have
given) a  borrowing  notice or a Notice  of  Conversion/  Continuation;

                      (C) the failure of the Borrower to make any  prepayment in
accordance with any notice delivered under Section 2.6;

                      (D) the prepayment  (including pursuant to Section 2.6) or
other  payment  of a LIBOR  Rate  Loan on a day  that is not the last day of the
relevant Interest Period; or

                      (E) the  automatic  conversion  under  Section  2.8 of any
LIBOR  Rate Loan to a  Reference  Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of
the relevant Interest Period;

including  (without  limitation)  any such loss or expense  arising from (i) the
liquidation or  reemployment  of funds obtained by it to maintain its LIBOR Rate
Loans or fixed  rate  loans,  (ii)  fees  payable  to  terminate  the  deposits,
contracts or other  arrangements from which such LIBOR funds or fixed rate funds
were obtained, and (iii) all other costs, expenses and fees of any kind incurred
by the Bank as a result of such prepayment.

                  2.11 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Bank determines that
for any reason  adequate and reasonable  means do not exist for  determining the
LIBOR Rate for any requested  Interest  Period with respect to a proposed  LIBOR
Rate Loan,  or that the LIBOR Rate  applicable  pursuant  to Section 2.3 for any
requested  Interest  Period with respect to a proposed  LIBOR Rate Loan does not
adequately  and fairly  reflect  the cost to the Bank of funding or  maintaining
such LIBOR Rate Loan, the Bank will promptly so notify the Borrower. Thereafter,
the  obligation  of the Bank to make or maintain  any LIBOR Rate Loan  hereunder
shall be suspended  until the Bank revokes such notice in writing.  Upon receipt
of such  notice,  the  Borrower  may  revoke any  borrowing  notice or Notice of
Conversion/Continuation  then  submitted by it. If the Borrower  does not revoke
such Notice,  the Bank shall make,  convert or continue the  Revolving  Loan, as
proposed by the  Borrower,  but the Revolving  Loan shall be made,  converted or
continued as a Reference Rate Loan instead of a LIBOR Rate Loan.

                                      15.

<PAGE>

                  2.12 Reserves on Offshore Rate Loans.  The Borrower  shall pay
to the Bank,  as long as the Bank shall be  required  under  regulations  of the
Board of  Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System to maintain  reserves  with
respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including  Eurocurrency  funds
or deposits (currently known as "Eurocurrency liabilities"), additional costs on
the unpaid  principal amount of any LIBOR Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of
such  reserves  allocated to such LIBOR Rate Loan by the Bank (as  determined by
the Bank in good faith,  which  determination  shall be conclusive),  payable on
each date on which interest is payable on the Loan,  provided the Borrower shall
have received at least 15 days' prior written notice of such additional interest
from the Bank.  If the Bank fails to give  notice 15 days prior to the  relevant
interest  payment date, such  additional  interest shall be payable 15 days from
receipt of such notice.

                  2.13   Certificates   of  Bank.   If  the  Bank   claims   any
reimbursement  or  compensation  under any of Sections 2.8, 2.9,  2.10,  2.11 or
2.12, it shall deliver to the Borrower a certificate setting forth in reasonable
detail  the  reasons  for and  calculation  of the  amount  payable  to the Bank
hereunder  and a  statement  that  Borrower  is being  treated no worse than any
similarly situated customer. Such certificate shall be conclusive and binding on
the Borrower in the absence of manifest error. The Bank will notify the Borrower
of any event  occurring after the date of this Agreement which would entitle the
Bank to  compensation  under such  Sections (a  "Compensable  Event") as soon as
practicable  after it obtains knowledge of such Compensable Event and determines
to request compensation therefor. The Bank shall not be entitled to compensation
under such  Sections  for any amounts of which the Bank has  knowledge  incurred
more than 180 days before the Bank makes demand on Borrower  therefor.  The Bank
shall, if so requested by the Borrower, designate a different applicable lending
office  for LIBOR  Rate  Loans if such  designation  will  avoid the need for or
reduce the amount of such  compensation and will not, in the reasonable  opinion
of the Bank,  cause  the Bank to incur any  unreimbursed  cost or  otherwise  be
materially  disadvantageous  to the  Bank.  No  assignee  of the  Bank  shall be
entitled to claim any greater  amount of  compensation  under such Sections than
the Bank would have been  entitled  to  receive  in respect of the  interest  so
assigned had no such  assignment  been made,  unless the event or  circumstances
giving  rise to such  right to  compensation  did not  exist  at the  time  such
assignment  was made.  The Bank shall not be  entitled to claim on behalf of any
participant any greater amount of compensation under such Sections than the Bank
would have been entitled to receive in respect of the  participation had no such
participation  been  transferred.  If the obligation of the Bank or any assignee
thereof to make LIBOR Rate Loans is suspended  under any of Sections 2.8 through
2.12 or any Compensable Event occurs,  the Borrower shall have the right to seek
a  substitute  lender or lenders  through  satisfactory  to the Borrower and any
remaining  lenders,  to  purchase  the Notes and  assume the  commitment  of the
affected  lender and such  affected  lender shall sell its Notes and execute and
deliver appropriate assignment and assumption agreements reasonably satisfactory
to the  Borrower and any  remaining  lenders and take such other steps as may be
reasonably  necessary to effect the assumption of the rights and  obligations of
such substitute lender or lenders.

                                      16.

<PAGE>

                  2.14 Survival.  The agreements and obligations of the Borrower
in Sections 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11 and 2.12 shall survive the payment of all other
Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Bank hereunder.

                       SECTION III. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

                  3.1  Conditions  Precedent to Loan. The obligation of the Bank
to make the Loans under this  Agreement on the date of the initial  disbursement
of the Loans  hereunder (the "Closing  Date") is subject to the  satisfaction of
each of the following conditions precedent:

                      (A)  Fees  and  Expenses.  Borrower  shall  have  paid the
Upfront Fee and all fees,  expenses and  attorneys  fees incurred by the Bank in
connection with the Loan.

                      (B)  Documents  Relating  to  Loan.  The Bank  shall  have
received the following Loan Documents:

                                 a.   a counterpart of this Agreement,  executed
                                      and delivered by Borrower;

                                 b.   the  Notes,   executed  and  delivered  by
                                      Borrower;

                                 c.   the Guaranties,  executed and delivered by
                                      each Subsidiary of the Borrower; and

                                 d.   a  completed  Borrowing  Base  Certificate
                                      signed  by a  Responsible  Officer  of the
                                      Borrower  for  the  calendar  month  ended
                                      February 28, 1999.

                      (C)  Additional  Closing  Documents.  The Bank  shall have
received  evidence that all (1)  authorizations or approvals of any Governmental
Authority  or  (2)  approvals  or  consents  of any  other  Person  required  in
connection  with the execution,  delivery and  performance of the Loan Documents
shall have been obtained.

                      (D) Corporate Documents.  The Bank shall have received the
following, in form and substance satisfactory to it:

                                 a.   Certified   copies  of  the   articles  of
                                      incorporation of Borrower, together with a
                                      good   standing   certificate,   from  the
                                      Secretary   of  State  of  the   State  of
                                      California, each dated as of a recent date
                                      prior to the Closing Date; and

                                 b.   A certificate  of the corporate  secretary
                                      of  Borrower,   dated  the  Closing  Date,
                                      certifying  (a)  copies of the  by-laws of
                                      Borrower and the  resolutions of the board
                                      of directors of Borrower  authorizing  the
                                      execution, delivery and

                                      17.

<PAGE>

                                      performance of the Loan Documents, and (b)
                                      the  incumbency,  authority and signatures
                                      of  each  officer  of  Borrower  who  will
                                      execute and deliver the Loan  Documents on
                                      behalf of Borrower.

                      (E)  Legal  Opinion.  The Bank  shall  have  received  the
Opinion of Counsel to Borrower.

                      (F) Wells  Fargo Bank Payoff  Letter.  The Bank shall have
received a copy of a letter from Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (1) specifying the total
amount of the  Wells  Fargo  Bank Debt  owing as of the  Closing  Date,  and (2)
stating  that,  once Wells Fargo Bank,  N.A. has  received  payment of the Wells
Fargo Bank Debt, it will release the Wells Fargo Bank Liens.

                   SECTION IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  4.1  Representations  and Warranties.  Borrower represents and
warrants to the Bank that:

                      (A) Organization and Powers.  Borrower and each Subsidiary
is a corporation,  general partnership or limited liability company, as the case
may be, duly organized,  validly  existing and in good standing under the law of
the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation,  is qualified to do business
and is in good standing in each  jurisdiction in which the failure so to qualify
or be in good standing would have a material  adverse effect on Borrower and has
all  requisite  power and  authority to own its assets and carry on its business
and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.

                      (B) Authorization;  No Conflict.  The execution,  delivery
and  performance by Borrower and each  Subsidiary of the Loan Documents to which
they are a party have been duly authorized by all necessary  corporate action of
Borrower and each Subsidiary and do not and will not:

                                 a.   Result  in a  breach  of or  constitute  a
                                      default  under  any  indenture  or loan or
                                      credit  agreement or any other  agreement,
                                      lease or instrument  to which  Borrower or
                                      such  Subsidiary is a party or by which it
                                      or  its   properties   may  be   bound  or
                                      affected;

                                 b.   Violate any  provision  of any law,  rule,
                                      regulation,    order,   writ,    judgment,
                                      injunction,  decree or the like binding on
                                      or affecting  Borrower or such Subsidiary;
                                      or

                                 c.   Except as  contemplated by this Agreement,
                                      result in, or  require,  the  creation  or
                                      imposition   of  any  Lien  upon  or  with
                                      respect  to  any  of  the   properties  of
                                      Borrower or such Subsidiary.

                                      18.

<PAGE>

                      (C) Binding Obligation.  The Loan Documents constitute, or
when delivered under this Agreement will  constitute,  legal,  valid and binding
obligations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries,  enforceable  against Borrower and
its Subsidiaries in accordance with their respective terms,  subject to judicial
discretion regarding specific performance or other equitable remedies and except
as may be limited by bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other
laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors'  rights and remedies
generally.

                      (D)  Governmental  Consents.  No  authorization,  consent,
approval,   license,   exemption  of,  or  filing  or  registration   with,  any
Governmental   Authority  is  required  for  the  due  execution,   delivery  or
performance  by Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  of any of the Loan  Documents to
which they are a party.

                      (E)  No  Defaults.   Neither   Borrower  nor  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  is in  default  under any  material  contract,  lease,  agreement,
judgment,  decree  or  order  to  which  it is a  party  or by  which  it or its
properties may be bound.

                      (F)  Title  to  Properties;   Liens.   Borrower  and  each
Subsidiary has good and marketable title to its properties and assets, and there
is no Lien upon or with  respect  to any of such  properties  or  assets,  which
secures Indebtedness of any Person, except as contemplated herein and except for
Permitted Liens.

                      (G) Litigation. There are no actions, suits or proceedings
pending or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, threatened against or affecting
Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries or the properties of Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  before  any  Governmental  Authority  or  arbitrator  which (1) if
determined  adversely  to  Borrower  or any  such  Subsidiaries  may  materially
adversely affect the operations, properties, business or condition (financial or
otherwise)  of  Borrower,  or (2)  purport to affect the  legality,  validity or
enforceability of any of the Loan Documents.

                      (H) Compliance with Laws.

                                 a.   Environmental   Laws.  Borrower  and  each
                                      Subsidiary is in material  compliance with
                                      all   Environmental   Laws,   whether   in
                                      connection   with  the   ownership,   use,
                                      maintenance  or  operation of its property
                                      or the conduct of any business thereon, or
                                      otherwise. Neither Borrower nor any of its
                                      Subsidiaries nor to the best of Borrower's
                                      knowledge,  after due and diligent inquiry
                                      and  investigation,  any  previous  owner,
                                      tenant,  occupant,  user  or  operator  of
                                      their   respective   properties,   or  any
                                      present tenant or other present  occupant,
                                      user  or  operator  of  their   respective
                                      properties     has    used,     generated,
                                      manufactured,      installed,     treated,
                                      released,   stored  or   disposed  of  any
                                      Hazardous  Substances on, under, or at any
                                      of such  properties,  except in compliance
                                      with all

                                      19.

<PAGE>

                                      applicable  Environmental  Laws. After due
                                      and  diligent  inquiry and  investigation,
                                      Borrower  has  determined,  to the best of
                                      Borrower's  knowledge,  that no  Hazardous
                                      Substances  have at any time been spilled,
                                      leaked,  dumped,  deposited,   discharged,
                                      disposed of or released on,  under,  at or
                                      from any of such properties,  nor have any
                                      of such  properties  been used at any time
                                      by  any  Person  as a  landfill  or  waste
                                      disposal  site.   There  are  no  actions,
                                      suits,   claims,   notices  of  violation,
                                      hearings,  investigations  or  proceedings
                                      pending  or,  to the  best  of  Borrower's
                                      knowledge, threatened against or affecting
                                      Borrower  or any of  its  Subsidiaries  or
                                      with  respect  to  the   ownership,   use,
                                      maintenance   and   operation   of   their
                                      respective    properties,    relating   to
                                      Environmental     Laws    or     Hazardous
                                      Substances.

                                 b.   All Other Laws. Borrower, its Subsidiaries
                                      and  their  respective  properties  are in
                                      full compliance with all other  applicable
                                      laws (including,  without limitation,  the
                                      Americans  with  Disabilities   Act).  All
                                      improvements to, and other construction or
                                      building projects on, such properties will
                                      be at all  times in full  compliance  with
                                      all applicable  laws  (including,  without
                                      limitation,     the     Americans     with
                                      Disabilities Act).

                      (I)  Governmental  Regulation.  Borrower is not subject to
regulation  under the Public  Utility  Holding  Company Act of 1935, the Federal
Power Act, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Interstate  Commerce Act, any
state public  utilities code or any other federal or state statute or regulation
limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.

                      (J) Subsidiaries.  Borrower has no Subsidiaries  except as
set forth on Schedule 4.1(J).

                      (K) Margin  Regulations.  Borrower  is not  engaged in the
business of extending  credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying  "margin
stock"  (within the meaning of  Regulations  G or U of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System of the United States). No part of the proceeds of the
Loans will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend  credit to
others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

                      (L) Taxes. Borrower and each Subsidiary has duly filed all
tax and information  returns required to be filed, and has paid all taxes, fees,
assessments  and other  governmental  charges or levies that have become due and
payable, except to the extent such taxes or other charges are being contested in
good faith and are adequately reserved against in accordance with GAAP.

                                      20.

<PAGE>

                      (M) Patents and Other Rights. Borrower and each Subsidiary
possesses all permits,  franchises,  licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names,
service  marks,  copyrights  and all  rights  with  respect  thereto,  free from
burdensome restrictions,  that are necessary for the ownership,  maintenance and
operation of its business and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in
violation of any rights of others with respect to the foregoing.

                      (N)   Insurance.   The  properties  of  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries  are  insured,  with  financially  sound  and  reputable  insurance
companies,  in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as is
customarily  carried  by  companies  engaged in  similar  businesses  and owning
similar  properties  in the  localities  where  Borrower or any such  Subsidiary
operates.

                      (O) Year 2000.  Borrower has reviewed the areas within its
business and operations which could be adversely  affected by, and has developed
or is developing a program to address on a timely basis, the "Year 2000 Problem"
(that is, the risk that computer  applications used by Borrower may be unable to
recognize and perform properly date-sensitive  functions involving certain dates
prior to and any date on or after  December  31,  1999),  and will make  related
appropriate inquiry of material suppliers and vendors.  Based on such review and
program, Borrower believes that the "Year 2000 Problem" will not have a material
adverse effect on Borrower.

                      (P)  Liabilities.  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  have no
material  liabilities,  fixed or contingent,  other than those owing to Bank and
those disclosed on Schedule 5.2(D).

                      (Q) Disclosure.  None of the representations or warranties
made by Borrower or any  Subsidiary in the Loan Documents as of the date of such
representations  and  warranties,  and none of the statements  contained in each
exhibit  or  report  furnished  by or on  behalf  of  Borrower  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  to the Bank in connection  with the Loan  Documents,  contains any
untrue  statement of a material  fact or omits any material  fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in the light of
the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

                      (R)  Acknowledgments.  The Bank's activities in connection
with this Agreement,  all other Loan Documents and the Borrower are not "outside
the scope of the  activities of a lender of money" within the meaning of Section
3434 of the  California  Civil Code. The Bank shall not be liable or responsible
for any acts, omissions or decisions of the Borrower. The Bank is not, and shall
not be construed as, a partner of, joint venturer with or controlling  person of
the Borrower.

                        SECTION V. COVENANTS OF BORROWER

                  5.1  Affirmative  Covenants.  Borrower  hereby  covenants  and
agrees with the Bank that, so long as any of the Indebtedness  owing to the Bank
under this Agreement or any other

                                      21.

<PAGE>

Loan Document remain  unsatisfied,  or any other commitment under this Agreement
remains  outstanding,  Borrower  shall  comply at all times  with the  following
affirmative covenants:

                      (A) Within 45 days following the conclusion of each fiscal
quarter,  Borrower shall provide the Bank with consolidated financial statements
that (1) have been  prepared by Borrower  internally,  and (2) are in a form and
format reasonably  satisfactory to the Bank. Within 90 days following the end of
each fiscal year,  Borrower  shall  provide the Bank with  audited  consolidated
financial statements.

                      (B)  Within 30 days after the end of each  calendar  month
(commencing with May 1999), the Borrower shall provide the Bank with a completed
Borrowing  Base  Certificate  for such  preceding  calendar  month  signed  by a
Responsible  Officer of the  Borrower.

                      (C) Within 45 days after the end of each  fiscal  quarter,
the Borrower shall provide the Bank with a completed Compliance  Certificate for
such preceding fiscal quarter signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

                      (D)  Following  reasonable  notice by the  Bank,  Borrower
shall provide  representatives  of the Bank  reasonable  access to its books and
records. In addition,  Borrower shall furnish the Bank any information regarding
Borrower's or any Subsidiary's  business affairs and financial condition that is
reasonably  requested by the Bank within a reasonable time after written request
for such information.

                      (E) Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  shall pay when due (or
within applicable grace periods) all material Indebtedness due to any Person.

                      (F) Borrower shall notify the Bank immediately if Borrower
becomes  aware of the  occurrence  of any  Event  of  Default,  or of any  fact,
condition,  or event that with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both,
would become an Event of Default, or if it becomes aware of any material adverse
change in its financial condition (including, without limitation, proceedings in
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  or the  appointment  of a receiver or
trustee),  or of the failure of Borrower or any Subsidiary to observe any of its
undertakings under this Agreement, the Guaranties or any other Loan Documents.

                      (G) Borrower shall use its best efforts to ensure that the
Wells Fargo Bank Liens are released or  terminated  to the  satisfaction  of the
Bank.

                  5.2 Negative  Covenants.  Borrower hereby covenants and agrees
with the Bank that, so long as any of the  Indebtedness  owing to the Bank under
this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document  remains  unsatisfied,  or any other
commitment  under this  Agreement  remains  outstanding,  Borrower shall not and
shall not permit any Subsidiary to:

                      (A) Mortgage, pledge, grant, or permit to exist a security
interest in or a Lien upon any of its assets,  now owned or hereafter  acquired,
except for Permitted Liens.

                                       22.

<PAGE>

                      (B) Furnish  the Bank any  certificate  or other  document
that will contain any untrue  statement of material fact or that, taken together
with  all  other  information  furnished,  will  omit to state a  material  fact
necessary to make it not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it
was furnished.

                      (C) Pay any  dividends  or make any  distributions  to its
shareholders  or equity  owners (other than to the Borrower) in excess of 50% of
net income in any fiscal year;  provided that no Event of Default then exists or
would result therefrom.

                      (D) Incur any  Indebtedness  to any person or entity other
than the Bank,  other than (i) trade debt  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of
Borrower's  or any  Subsidiary's  business,  (ii)  Indebtedness  existing on the
Closing  Date and listed on Schedule  5.2(D),  (iii)  intercompany  Indebtedness
permitted under Section 5.2(F) below, (iv) any renewal, extension or refinancing
of the Existing Subordinated Notes; provided that any such renewal, extension or
refinancing  shall be on terms  substantially  similar to the terms which govern
the  Existing  Subordinated  Notes on the date hereof or on terms which are more
favorable to the Borrower than such governing terms existing on the date hereof;
and provided  further that the aggregate  principal  amount thereof shall not at
any time  outstanding  exceed  $8,500,000,  and (v)  other  Indebtedness  of the
Borrower's Subsidiaries which, together with all Indebtedness listed on Schedule
5.2(D), does not exceed in the aggregate $3,000,000 at any time outstanding.

                      (E) Take any action that materially and adversely affects,
or, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both,  would materially and
adversely  affect  Borrower's  or  any  Subsidiary's   ability  to  perform  its
obligations to the Bank pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

                      (F)  Purchase or  otherwise  acquire  the  capital  stock,
assets (constituting a business unit), obligations or other securities of or any
interest  in any  Person,  or  otherwise  extend any credit  to,  guarantee  the
obligations of or make any additional  investments in any Person,  other than in
connection  with:

                                 a.   extensions  of  credit  in the  nature  of
                                      notes receivable arising from the sales of
                                      goods or services in the  ordinary  course
                                      of business;

                                 b.   investments   in  cash   equivalents   and
                                      short-term marketable securities;

                                 c.   investments  existing on the Closing  Date
                                      in Subsidiaries;

                                 d.   extensions  of credit by the  Borrower  to
                                      its  Subsidiary  Canoe Ridge  Vineyard LLC
                                      and/or its Subsidiary Edna Valley Vineyard
                                      on  or  after  the  Closing   Date  in  an
                                      aggregate  amount for all such  extensions
                                      of credit not to exceed, without the prior
                                      written consent of the Bank in its

                                      23.

<PAGE>

                                      sole discretion,  the Maximum Intercompany
                                      Loan  Amount;   provided   that  all  such
                                      extensions  of credit by the  Borrower (i)
                                      to Canoe Ridge  Vineyard  LLC shall not at
                                      any  time  outstanding  exceed  the  Canoe
                                      Ridge  Intercompany Loan Amount,  and (ii)
                                      to Edna Valley  Vineyard  shall not at any
                                      time  outstanding  exceed the Edna  Valley
                                      Intercompany  Loan  Amount;  and  provided
                                      further  that no  Event of  Default  shall
                                      exist  at the  time  of  making  any  such
                                      credit    extension    or   would   result
                                      therefrom.

                                 e.   employee    loans   and    guarantees   in
                                      accordance with such Borrower's  usual and
                                      customary practices with respect thereto;

                                 f.   guaranty  obligations  of the  Borrower in
                                      respect   of  the   Indebtedness   of  its
                                      Subsidiaries,       which       Subsidiary
                                      Indebtedness is permitted under subsection
                                      5.2(D) above; and

                                 g.   Acquisitions  by the Borrower on and after
                                      the Closing  Date;  provided that (i) such
                                      Acquisitions   are   undertaken   in  full
                                      compliance     with     all     applicable
                                      Requirements  of  Law  (ii)  no  Event  of
                                      Default  shall  exist  at the  time  of or
                                      immediately  after  giving  effect  to any
                                      such  Acquisition  and (iii) the aggregate
                                      cash  consideration  for any  single  such
                                      Acquisition shall not exceed $5,000,000.

                      (G) Allow a Change of Control.

                      (H) Sell more than ten percent  (10%) of its total  assets
in any one year.  In the event of all asset sales (other than sales of inventory
in the ordinary  course),  the proceeds of such asset sales shall be paid to the
Bank and be applied  against the Term Loans.

                      (I)  Forgive,  cancel,  discount or  otherwise  reduce the
principal  amount owing in respect of any extension of credit by the Borrower to
Canoe Ridge  Vineyard  LLC or Edna Valley  Vineyard,  without the prior  written
consent of the Bank.

                  5.3 Financial Covenants.

                      (A) The Borrower shall  maintain,  for each fiscal quarter
period, a ratio of (i) current assets to (ii) current liabilities,  in each case
determined in accordance  with GAAP on a  consolidated  basis,  of not less than
1.35 to 1.00, measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter.

                                      24.

<PAGE>

                      (B)  The  Borrower  shall   maintain,   for  each  rolling
4-quarter period, a ratio of (i) EBIT for such 4-quarter period to (ii) Interest
Expense for such 4-quarter  period,  in each case  determined in accordance with
GAAP on a consolidated  basis, of not less than 2.00 to 1.00, measured as of the
last day of each fiscal quarter.

                      (C) The  Borrower  will  maintain a ratio of (i) EBITDA to
(ii) the sum of (A) the  current  portion  of long  term  Indebtedness  plus (B)
Interest  Expense,  in each  case  determined  in  accordance  with GAAP for the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis for the rolling 4-quarter
period then most recently ended,  of not less than 1.75 to 1.00,  measured as of
the last day of each fiscal quarter.

                      (D) The Borrower shall maintain a ratio of (i) senior long
term  indebtedness  plus the current portion of all other long term debt to (ii)
senior long term  indebtedness  plus the current  portion of all other long term
indebtedness  plus Net Worth plus up to  $8,500,000  in principal  amount of the
Existing  Subordinated  Notes  then  outstanding,  in each  case  determined  in
accordance  with GAAP on a  consolidated  basis,  of not more than 0.65 to 1.00,
measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter.

                      (E) The  Borrower  shall not permit its Tangible Net Worth
to be less  than (i)  $45,000,000  plus  (ii) 50% of net  income  earned in each
quarterly accounting period commencing after the Closing Date (without deduction
for  losses),  determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP on a  consolidated  basis,
measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter.

                              SECTION VI. DEFAULT

                  6.1 Events of Default.  The  occurrence  of any one or more of
the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

                      (A) Payments. Borrower shall fail to pay (i) any amount of
principal  of the Loans when due,  or (ii)  interest  on the Loans when due,  or
(iii) any fee or other amount  payable  hereunder or under any of the other Loan
Documents within three (3) Business Days after the same shall become due.

                      (B) Representations and Warranties.  Any representation or
warranty by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under or in connection with this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents  shall prove to have been incorrect in any
material respect when made or deemed made.

                      (C)  Failure by Borrower  to Perform  Covenants.  Borrower
shall fail in any material  respect to perform or observe any term,  covenant or
agreement  contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document on its part to
be performed or observed.

                      (D) Bankruptcy.  Borrower or any Subsidiary shall admit in
writing its inability to, or shall fail generally or be generally unable to, pay
its debts  (including  its  payrolls)  as such debts become due, or shall make a
general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

                                      25.

<PAGE>

Borrower or any  Subsidiary  shall file a voluntary  petition in bankruptcy or a
petition or answer seeking reorganization, to effect a plan or other arrangement
with creditors or any other relief under the Bankruptcy  Code or under any other
state or federal law relating to bankruptcy or reorganization granting relief to
debtors,  whether now or hereafter in effect,  or shall file an answer admitting
the  jurisdiction  of the court and the material  allegations of any involuntary
petition  filed against  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  pursuant to the Bankruptcy
Code or any such other state or federal law; or Borrower or any Subsidiary shall
be  adjudicated  a  bankrupt,  or shall make an  assignment  for the  benefit of
creditors,  or shall apply for or consent to the  appointment  of any custodian,
receiver  or  trustee  for all or any  substantial  part of  Borrower's  or such
Subsidiary's  property, or shall take any action to authorize any of the actions
set forth above in this  subsection;  or an involuntary  petition seeking any of
the relief  specified in this subsection  shall be filed against Borrower or any
Subsidiary  and shall not be dismissed  within 30 days;  or any order for relief
shall  be  entered  against  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  in  any  involuntary
proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or any such other state or federal law.

                      (E)  Default  Under  Other  Indebtedness.  Borrower or any
Subsidiary  shall (1) fail to make any payment of any  principal of, or interest
or  premium  on, any  Indebtedness  when due  (whether  by  scheduled  maturity,
required prepayment,  acceleration,  demand or otherwise) and such failure shall
continue after the applicable grace period,  if any,  specified in the agreement
or instrument  relating to such Indebtedness;  or (2) fail to perform or observe
any term,  covenant or condition  on its part to be performed or observed  under
any agreement or instrument relating to any such Indebtedness,  when required to
be performed or observed,  and such failure shall  continue after the applicable
grace period, if any,  specified in such agreement or instrument,  if the effect
of such  failure  to  perform  or  observe  is to  accelerate,  or to permit the
acceleration  of, the maturity of such  Indebtedness;  or any such  Indebtedness
shall be declared to be due and payable,  or required to be prepaid  (other than
by a regularly  scheduled  required  prepayment),  prior to the stated  maturity
thereof.

                      (F) Material  Adverse Change. A material adverse change in
the business,  results of  operations  or condition  (financial or otherwise) of
Borrower shall have occurred which gives reasonable grounds to conclude,  in the
reasonable  judgment of the Bank,  that  Borrower may not, or will be unable to,
perform  or  observe  in the  normal  course of its  obligations  under the Loan
Documents.

                      (G)  Invalidity  of  Loan  Documents.   Any  of  the  Loan
Documents,   after  delivery  thereof,  shall  for  any  reason  be  revoked  or
invalidated, or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, or Borrower, any
Subsidiary  or any other  Person  shall  contest in any manner the  validity  or
enforceability  thereof,  or Borrower,  any Subsidiary or any other Person shall
deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder.

                  6.2 Effect of Event of Default.  If any Event of Default shall
occur, the Bank may, without limitation,  (A) cease making  disbursements of the
Loan proceeds,  (B) declare the entire unpaid  principal amount of the Loans and
the Notes, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts payable
under or in connection  with this  Agreement and the other Loan

                                      26.

<PAGE>

Documents to be forthwith  due and payable,  whereupon  the Loans and the Notes,
all such  accrued  interest  and all such  other  amounts  shall  become  and be
forthwith  due and  payable,  without  presentment,  demand,  protest or further
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby  expressly  waived by Borrower,  (C)
exercise any or all of the Bank's rights and remedies under the Loan  Documents,
and (D) proceed to enforce all other rights and  remedies  available to the Bank
under  applicable  law.  All of the Bank's  rights and  remedies  hereunder  are
cumulative and not exclusive.

                           SECTION VII. MISCELLANEOUS

                  7.1  Amendments  and  Waivers.  The Bank and Borrower may from
time to time enter into a written  amendment to any provision of this  Agreement
and the other Loan  Documents,  and the Bank may from time to time  execute  and
deliver to Borrower a written instrument waiving any provision of this Agreement
or any  other  Loan  Document,  or  consenting  to  any  departure  by  Borrower
therefrom. Any such amendment,  waiver or consent shall be effective only in the
specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

                  7.2 Notices. All notices and other communications provided for
hereunder shall,  unless otherwise  stated herein,  be in writing  (including by
telex or telecopier)  and mailed,  sent or delivered to the  respective  parties
hereto at or to their  respective  addresses or telex or telecopier  numbers set
forth below their names on the signature  pages  hereof,  or at or to such other
address or telex or  telecopier  number as shall be designated by any party in a
written notice to the other parties hereto.  All such notices and communications
shall be effective (1) if delivered by hand, upon delivery; (2) if sent by mail,
upon the earlier of the date of receipt or five  Business  Days after deposit in
the mail,  first  class,  postage  prepaid;  and (3) if sent by  telecopy,  upon
receipt.

                  7.3 No Waiver;  Cumulative Remedies. No failure on the part of
the Bank to exercise,  and no delay in exercising,  any right,  remedy, power or
privilege  hereunder or under any other Loan Document  shall operate as a waiver
thereof,  nor shall any single or partial  exercise of any such  right,  remedy,
power or  privilege  preclude  any  other or  further  exercise  thereof  or the
exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights and remedies
under  this  Agreement  and the other  Loan  Documents  are  cumulative  and not
exclusive of any rights,  remedies,  powers and privileges that may otherwise be
available to the Bank.

                  7.4 Costs and Expenses; Indemnification; Other Charges.

                      (A) Costs and Expenses.  Borrower agrees to pay on demand,
whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated:

                                 a.   the  reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs  and
                                      expenses of the Bank,  and the  reasonable
                                      fees and  disbursements  of counsel to the
                                      Bank   (including   allocated   costs   of
                                      internal counsel),  in connection with the
                                      negotiation,    preparation,    execution,
                                      delivery  and  administration  of the Loan
                                      Documents, and

                                      27.

<PAGE>

                                      any amendments,  modifications  or waivers
                                      of the terms thereof; and

                                 b.   all  costs  and  expenses  of the Bank and
                                      fees   and    disbursements   of   counsel
                                      (including  allocated  costs  of  internal
                                      counsel)  in   connection   with  (a)  any
                                      default  or  Event  of  Default,  (b)  the
                                      enforcement or attempted  enforcement  of,
                                      and  preservation of any rights under, the
                                      Loan  Documents,   (c)  any   out-of-court
                                      workout    or   other    refinancing    or
                                      restructuring  or any  bankruptcy  case or
                                      insolvency   proceeding,   and   (d)   the
                                      preservation of, and realization upon, any
                                      collateral,  including  any losses,  costs
                                      and  expenses  sustained  by the Bank as a
                                      result  of  any  failure  by  Borrower  to
                                      perform   or   observe   its   obligations
                                      contained in the Loan Documents.

                      (B)  Indemnification.  Whether  or  not  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby shall be  consummated,  Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify
the Bank and its  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents,  counsel  and other
advisors (each an "Indemnified Person"),  against and hold each of them harmless
from any and all liabilities,  obligations,  losses, claims, damages, penalties,
actions,  judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses or  disbursements  of any kind or
nature whatsoever, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to
an Indemnified Person (including allocated costs of internal counsel), which may
be imposed on,  incurred  by, or asserted  against any  Indemnified  Person,  in
connection with any investigation,  litigation or other proceeding, irrespective
of whether the  Indemnified  Person shall be designated a party thereto,  in any
way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the
use  or  intended  use  of  the  proceeds  of  the  Loans  or  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby or thereby (the "Indemnified  Liabilities");  provided that
Borrower  shall not be liable for any  portion of such  Indemnified  Liabilities
resulting from an Indemnified  Person's gross negligence or willful  misconduct.
If and to the extent that the foregoing  indemnification  is for any reason held
unenforceable,  Borrower agrees to make the maximum  contribution to the payment
and  satisfaction  of each of the Indemnified  Liabilities  which is permissible
under applicable law.

                      (C) Other Charges.  Borrower  agrees to indemnify the Bank
against  and  hold it  harmless  from  any and all  present  and  future  stamp,
transfer,  documentary and other such taxes, levies, fees, assessments and other
charges  made  by  any  jurisdiction  by  reason  of  the  execution,  delivery,
performance and enforcement of the Loan Documents.

                  7.5 Survival. All covenants,  agreements,  representations and
warranties made in any Loan Document and in any certificates, documents or other
instruments  delivered  pursuant  thereto shall,  except to the extent otherwise
provided  therein,  survive the  execution and delivery of this  Agreement,  the
making  of the  Loans  and the  execution  and  delivery  of the Notes and shall
continue in full force and effect so long as the Bank has any obligations  under
the Loan Documents,  any Loan remains  outstanding or any obligation to make any
payment  hereunder or

                                      28.

<PAGE>

under the Notes remains outstanding and unpaid, or any obligation to perform any
other act  hereunder  or under  any other  Loan  Document  remains  unsatisfied.
Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the  obligations of Borrower
under Section 7.4 of this Agreement shall survive the repayment of the Loans and
the termination of the Bank's obligations under this Agreement.

                  7.6 Benefits of Agreement.  This  Agreement and the other Loan
Documents  are entered into for the sole  protection  and benefit of the parties
hereto and their  successors and assigns,  and no other Person shall be a direct
or indirect beneficiary of, or shall have any direct or indirect cause of action
or claim in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

                      (A) Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
inure to the  benefit  of and be  enforceable  by  Borrower,  the Bank and their
respective permitted successors and assigns.

                      (B)  Assignment.  Borrower  shall  not have  the  right to
assign its rights and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or
any interest  herein or therein  without the prior written  consent of the Bank.
The Bank may  sell,  assign,  transfer  or  grant  participations  in all or any
portion of the Bank's rights and obligations  hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents.

                  7.7 Governing  Law. THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

                  7.8 Waiver of Jury Trial.  BORROWER  AND THE BANK HEREBY AGREE
TO WAIVE  THEIR  RESPECTIVE  RIGHTS  TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF
ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS  OR THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY OR THEREBY IN ANY  ACTION,
PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST
ANY OTHER PARTY OR  PARTIES,  WHETHER  WITH  RESPECT TO  CONTRACT  CLAIMS,  TORT
CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE.  BORROWER AND THE BANK HEREBY AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR
CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL  WITHOUT A JURY.  WITHOUT IN ANY
WAY LIMITING THE  FOREGOING,  THE PARTIES  FURTHER  AGREE THAT THEIR  RESPECTIVE
RIGHT  TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS  WAIVED  BY  OPERATION  OF THIS  SECTION  AS TO ANY
ACTION,  COUNTERCLAIM,  OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO
CHALLENGE  THE VALIDITY OR  ENFORCEABILITY  OF THIS  AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS  OR ANY  PROVISION  HEREOF OR THEREOF.  THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY
SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS,  RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT
AND THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS.  A COPY OF THIS SECTION 7.8 MAY BE FILED WITH ANY
COURT  AS

                                      29.

<PAGE>

WRITTEN  EVIDENCE  OF THE  WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AND  CONSENT  TO
TRIAL BY COURT.

                  7.9  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  and the  other  Loan
Documents  reflect  the  entire  agreement  between  Borrower  and the Bank with
respect to the matters set forth  herein and  therein  and  supersede  any prior
agreements,  commitments,  discussions and understandings, oral or written, with
respect thereto.

                  7.10 Severability. If one or more provisions contained in this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable
in any  respect  in  any  jurisdiction  or  with  respect  to  any  party,  such
invalidity,  illegality or unenforceability in such jurisdiction or with respect
to such party shall,  to the fullest  extent  permitted by  applicable  law, not
invalidate or render  illegal or  unenforceable  any such provision in any other
jurisdiction or with respect to any other party, or any other provisions of this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

                  7.11  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any
number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which  when so  executed  shall be deemed to be an  original  and all of
which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

                                      30.

<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties to this  Agreement have duly
executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.



CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD.                     Address for Notices:

                                             621 Airpark Road
                                             Napa, CA  94558
By   /s/ Francois Muse                       Attn:    Mr. Francois Muse
   -----------------------------------       Fax:     (707) 254-4203
Title (Acting) Chief Financial Officer       Tel:     (707) 254-4200
      --------------------------------

COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE                        Address for Notices:
RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK B.A.,
"RABOBANK NEDERLAND,"                        Rabobank International
NEW YORK BRANCH                              c/o Rabobank Support Services, Inc.
                                             10 Exchange Place
                                             16th Floor
By /s/ W. Jeffrey Vollack                    Jersey City, NJ  07302
   ------------------------------------      Attn:    Nilsa Ware
Title Senior Credit Officer                  Fax:     (201) 499-5317
      Senior Vice President                  Tel:     (201) 499-5326
      ---------------------------------

By /s/ John McHuch
   ------------------------------------
Title Vice President
      ---------------------------------


                                      31.

<PAGE>

                                                   ANNEX I
                                             to Credit Agreement
                                             -------------------

<TABLE>
                                                PRICING MATRIX

<CAPTION>
- ------------------------- -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
                                        TEST I                               Basis Points Per Annum
                          -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
        Level                     Debt Service Ratio                              LIBOR Margin
- ------------------------- -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                                                      <C>
        Level I            less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00                       137.0
- ------------------------- -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
        Level II           greater than 2.50 to 1.00 but less                       128.5
                              than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00
- ------------------------- -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
        Level III                greater than 3.00 to 1.00                          120.0
- ------------------------- -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                  The  LIBOR  Margin  shall  be   determined   on  any  date  of
determination  by reference to the Level set forth in the above  Pricing  Matrix
corresponding to the Level corresponding to the Borrower's Debt Service Ratio as
set forth in the Compliance Certificate then most recently delivered to the Bank
pursuant to Section 5.1(D) of the Credit Agreement.  Each change, if any, in the
LIBOR Margin shall become effective on the date on which the Borrower delivers a
completed  Compliance  Certificate to the Bank pursuant to Section 5.1(D). If at
any time the Borrower fails to deliver a completed Compliance Certificate to the
Bank within the  applicable  time period after each fiscal  quarter set forth in
Section  5.1(D),  the LIBOR  Margin shall be deemed to be fixed at Level I above
until such time as the  Borrower  delivers a  completed  Compliance  Certificate
pursuant to Section 5.1(D).

                  As used herein,  the "Debt Service Ratio" shall mean the ratio
of (i)  EBITDA  to  (ii)  the  sum of (A)  the  current  portion  of  long  term
Indebtedness  plus (B) Interest  Expense,  in each case determined in accordance
with GAAP for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis for the
rolling  4-quarter period then most recently ended,  measured as of the last day
of each fiscal quarter.


                                      32.



                                 TERM LOAN NOTE

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE
                                 ---------------

                                                       San Francisco, California
                                                                  March 31, 1999

                  FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned,  Chalone Wine Group, Ltd.
(the  "Borrower"),  HEREBY  UNCONDITIONALLY  PROMISES  TO PAY to  the  order  of
Cooperatieve Centrale  Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., "Rabobank Nederland," New
York Branch (the  "Bank"),  the  principal  sum of the Term Loan advanced to the
Borrower under the Credit Agreement referenced below. The outstanding  principal
sum hereof shall be payable in 22 substantially  equal consecutive  installments
(based on a ten-year  amortization  schedule) due and payable on the last day of
each  calendar  quarter  and  commencing  on  December  31,  2000,  plus a final
principal  installment  equal to the unpaid  principal  balance of the Term Loan
then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, due and
payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

                  The Borrower further promises to pay interest on the Term Loan
outstanding  hereunder from time to time at the interest  rates,  and payable on
the dates, set forth in the Credit Agreement referred to below.

                  Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the
United States of America and in same day or immediately  available  funds to the
Bank under the Credit Agreement as provided therein.

                  The Bank  shall  record  the date and  amount of the Term Loan
made,  each  conversion to a different  interest  rate,  each relevant  Interest
Period,  the amount of principal  and interest due and payable from time to time
hereunder,  each payment thereof,  and the resulting  unpaid  principal  balance
hereof,  in the  Bank's  internal  records,  and any such  recordation  shall be
rebuttable  presumptive evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded;
provided,  however,  that the  Bank's  failure  so to record  shall not limit or
otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower  hereunder and under the Credit
Agreement to repay the principal of and interest on the Term Loan.

                  This promissory note is the Term Loan Note referred to in, and
is subject to and entitled to the benefits of, the Credit  Agreement dated as of
March 31, 1999 (as amended, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the
"Credit  Agreement")  between the Borrower and the Bank.  Capitalized terms used
herein  shall  have  the  respective  meanings  assigned  to them in the  Credit
Agreement.
                  The  Credit  Agreement  provides,   among  other  things,  for
acceleration  (which in certain cases shall be automatic) of the maturity hereof
upon the occurrence of certain stated events, in each case without  presentment,
demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly
waived.


<PAGE>

                  This  promissory  note is subject to prepayment in whole or in
part as provided in the Credit Agreement.

                  THIS  PROMISSORY  NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND  CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.


                                     CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD.

                                     By /s/ Francois Muse
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Title: (Acting) Chief Financial Officer


                                       2



                               REVOLVING LOAN NOTE

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE
                                 ---------------

                                                       San Francisco, California
$ 40,000,000                                                      March 31, 1999
 ------------------------------

                  FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned,  Chalone Wine Group, Ltd.
(the  "Borrower"),  HEREBY  UNCONDITIONALLY  PROMISES  TO PAY to  the  order  of
Cooperatieve Centrale  Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., "Rabobank Nederland," New
York Branch (the "Bank") on the  Revolving  Loan Maturity Date the principal sum
of FORTY MILLION DOLLARS  ($40,000,000)  or, if less, the aggregate  outstanding
principal  amount  of the  Revolving  Loans  made by the  Bank  to the  Borrower
pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below.

                  The Borrower further promises to pay interest on the Revolving
Loans outstanding hereunder from time to time at the interest rates, and payable
on the dates, set forth in the Credit Agreement.

                  Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the
United States of America and in same day or immediately  available  funds to the
Bank under the Credit Agreement as provided therein.

                  The Bank shall  record  the date and amount of each  Revolving
Loan made, each conversion to a different  interest rate, each relevant Interest
Period,  the amount of principal  and interest due and payable from time to time
hereunder,  each payment  thereof and the  resulting  unpaid  principal  balance
hereof,  in the  Bank's  internal  records,  and any such  recordation  shall be
rebuttable  presumptive evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded;
provided,  however,  that the  Bank's  failure  so to record  shall not limit or
otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower  hereunder and under the Credit
Agreement to repay the principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans.

                  This  promissory  note is the Revolving  Loan Note referred to
in, and is subject to and  entitled  to the  benefits  of, the Credit  Agreement
dated as of March 31, 1999 (as amended,  modified, renewed or extended from time
to time, the "Credit Agreement") between the Borrower and the Bank.  Capitalized
terms used herein  shall have the  respective  meanings  assigned to them in the
Credit Agreement.

                  The  Credit  Agreement  provides,   among  other  things,  for
acceleration  (which in certain cases shall be automatic) of the maturity hereof
upon the occurrence of certain stated events, in each case without  presentment,
demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly
waived.

                  This  promissory  note is subject to prepayment in whole or in
part as provided in the Credit Agreement.


<PAGE>

                  THIS  PROMISSORY  NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND  CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.



                                    CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD.

                                    By: /s/ Francois Muse
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Title: (Acting) Chief Financial Officer


                                       2




                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                     between

                                  PETER ANSDELL
                                   ("Seller")

                             CHALONE WINE GROUP LTD.
                                    ("Buyer")

                                       and

                                 SHW EQUITY CO.
                                     ("SHW")



                              DATED: June 15, 1999




<PAGE>


                                                                        Page No.
PURCHASE AGREEMENT............................................................1


RECITALS OF FACT..............................................................1


ARTICLE I - PURCHASE AND SALE.................................................2

1.1 Stock Purchase............................................................2
1.2 SHW Equity Purchase Price.................................................2
1.3  Payoff Amount............................................................2
1.4 Hokuriku Amount...........................................................2
1.5 Ansdell Amount............................................................2

ARTICLE II - CLOSING..........................................................2

2.1 Closing...................................................................2
2.2 Sale and Purchase Agreement...............................................2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER......................................3

3.1 Capitalization of SHW.....................................................3
3.2 Stock Ownership of SHW....................................................3
3.3 Organization of SHW.......................................................3
3.4 Capitalization of the Company.............................................3
3.5 Stock Ownership of the Company............................................4
3.6 Organization of the Company...............................................4
3.7 Authority.................................................................4
3.8 Sale and Purchase Agreement...............................................5
3.9 Financial Statements......................................................5
3.10 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities of SHW................................5
3.11 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities of the Company........................5
3.12 Absence of Changes.......................................................5
3.13 Title to and Sufficiency of the Assets...................................5
3.14 Real Property............................................................6
3.15 Condition of Tangible Assets.............................................7
3.16 Agreements...............................................................7
3.17 Litigation...............................................................7
3.18 Compliance; Governmental Authorization...................................7
3.19 Employee Benefit Plans...................................................9
3.20 Customers and Suppliers..................................................9
3.21 Intellectual Property....................................................9
3.22 Insurance................................................................9
3.23 Inventories.............................................................10
3.24 Tax Matters.............................................................10
3.25 Books and Records.......................................................10
3.26 Transactions with Certain Persons.......................................11

                                        i

<PAGE>

3.27 Accounts and Notes Receivable...........................................11
3.28 Year 2000 Compliance....................................................11
3.29 Brokers.................................................................11
3.30 Disclosure..............................................................12
3.31 Insurance...............................................................12
3.32. Survival...............................................................12
3.33 Best Knowledge of Seller................................................12
3.34 Current Operations of the Company.......................................12
3.35 Limit of Liability......................................................12

ARTICLE IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER.........................12

4.1 Organization, Standing and Power.........................................13
4.2 Authority................................................................13
4.3 Investment Intent........................................................13
4.4 Brokers..................................................................13
4.5 Survival.................................................................13

ARTICLE V - COVENANTS OF SELLER..............................................13

5.1 Conduct of Business until Closing Date...................................14
5.2 Access to Properties and Records.........................................15
5.3 Advise of Changes........................................................16
5.4 Conduct..................................................................16
5.5 Approvals, Consents......................................................16
5.6 Insurance................................................................16
5.7 Further Assurances.......................................................16
5.8 Satisfaction of Conditions...............................................17
5.9 Confidentiality..........................................................17

ARTICLE VI - COVENANTS OF BUYER..............................................17

6.1 Confidentiality; Return of Documents.....................................17
6.2 Satisfaction of Conditions...............................................17
6.3 Advice of Changes........................................................17
6.4 Conduct..................................................................18
6.5 Approvals, Consents......................................................18

ARTICLE VII - CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER.............................18

7.1 Accuracy of Representations and Warranties...............................18
7.2 Performance of Agreements................................................18
7.3 Performance of Sale and Purchase Agreement...............................18
7.4 Seller and SHW's Certificates............................................18
7.5 Opinion of Counsel.......................................................18
7.6 Consents, Authorizations.................................................19
7.7 Legislation..............................................................19
7.8 Corporate Records........................................................19
7.9 Good Standing Certificate................................................19

                                       ii

<PAGE>

7.10 Lien Releases...........................................................19
7.11 Interim Financials......................................................19
7.12 Due Diligence Inspection................................................19
7.13 Transfer Documents......................................................20
7.14 Title Report............................................................20
7.15 CLTA Owner's Policy.....................................................20
7.16 No Material Adverse Change..............................................20
7.17 Release.................................................................20
7.18 Resignation of Directors and Officers...................................20

ARTICLE VIII - CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER...........................20

8.1 Accuracy of Representations and Warranties...............................20
8.2 Performance of Agreements................................................20
8.3 Officer's Certification..................................................21

ARTICLE IX - TERMINATION.....................................................21

9.1 Termination..............................................................21

ARTICLE X - INDEMNIFICATION..................................................21

10.1 Obligation of Seller to Indemnify.......................................21
10.2 Obligation of Buyer to Indemnify........................................23
10.3 Claims..................................................................23

ARTICLE XI - MISCELLANEOUS...................................................24

11.1 Expenses................................................................24
11.2 Binding Effect..........................................................24
11.3 Entire Agreement; Amendments............................................24
11.4 Headings................................................................24
11.5 Notices.................................................................24
11.6 Publicity...............................................................25
11.7 Counterparts............................................................25
11.8 Governing Law...........................................................25
11.9 Waivers.................................................................25
11.10 Attorneys' Fees........................................................25
11.11 Arbitration of Disputes................................................25

                                       iii

<PAGE>

                              PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         This PURCHASE  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  is entered into as of June 15,
1999  (the  "Effective  Date")  by and  between  Peter  Ansdell,  an  individual
("Seller"),  SHW Equity Co., a Washington  corporation  ("SHW") and Chalone Wine
Group, Ltd., a California corporation ("Buyer").

                                RECITALS OF FACT

         A. SHW owns 100% of the authorized,  issued,  and  outstanding  capital
stock (the "Winery Stock") of Staton Hills Winery Company Limited,  a Washington
corporation (the "Company").

         B. Seller  owns  100%  of the  outstanding  capital  stock  of SHW (the
"Ansdell  Stock") and has acted as the President and Chief Executive  Officer of
the Winery (defined below) since approximately May 1992.

         C. The Company presently owns and operates a winery known as the Staton
Hills Winery located at 71 Gangl Road, Wapato,  Washington 98951 (the "Winery").
The improvements located at the Winery include the vineyards, a building housing
an office,  tasting  room and  production  area, a service and tool shed and all
other  improvements  and  fixtures  located at the Winery  (such  buildings  and
structures  are  collectively  referred  to herein as the  "Improvements").  The
Winery is  located on  approximately  21 acres of real  property  located in the
county  of  Yakima,  in the  State of  Washington,  which  is more  particularly
described  on  Exhibit  A  attached  hereto  (the  "Land").  The  Land  and  the
Improvements  are  collectively  referred to herein as the "Real  Property." The
Company also owns or leases  equipment,  fixtures,  motorized  vehicles,  tools,
supplies,  inventory (including bulk wine and case goods),  accounts receivable,
trade names,  trademarks,  books,  records,  permits, and all other tangible and
intangible  personal property located on the Land or owned or used in connection
with the Company's operations (collectively the "Assets").

         D. Buyer  is willing to  purchase  of Seller,  and Seller is willing to
sell to Buyer,  the Ansdell  Stock,  and SHW is willing to issue to Buyer 48,000
additional shares of SHW's common stock ("the New Issue"), pursuant to the terms
of this  Agreement.  The  Ansdell  Stock  and  the New  Issue  are  referred  to
collectively herein as the "SHW Stock."

         NOW THEREFORE, incorporating the Recitals of Fact, and in consideration
of the mutual  covenants and  considerations  set forth in this  Agreement,  the
parties hereby agree to enter into this Agreement on the terms set forth herein.

                                       1

<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE I
                                PURCHASE AND SALE

         1.1 Stock  Purchase.  Upon the terms and subject to the  conditions  of
this  Agreement,  on the Closing  Date (as defined  below),  Seller  shall sell,
assign,  transfer and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase and accept from
Seller,  the  Ansdell  Stock in  exchange  for  payment by Buyer of the  Ansdell
Amount,  and SHW shall issue and assign to Buyer,  and Buyer shall  purchase and
accept  from SHW,  the SHW Stock in  exchange  for  payment  by Buyer of the SHW
Equity Purchase Price,  the Payoff Amount and the Hokuriku  Amount,  each as set
forth below.  The total purchase  price  hereunder for the Ansdell Stock and the
SHW  Stock  shall be Six  Million  One  Hundred  Twenty  Five  Thousand  Dollars
($6,125,000) (the "Stock Purchase Price").

         1.2 SHW Equity Purchase Price. Simultaneously with payment of the Stock
Purchase Price,  SHW shall pay, or, at SHW's option,  Buyer shall pay and deduct
from the Stock Purchase Price, the Payoff Amount and the Hokuriku Amount by wire
transfer to the accounts designated on Schedule 1, attached hereto.

         1.3 Payoff  Amount.  SHW shall pay Three Million  Dollars  ($3,000,000)
(the "Pay-off Amount") to the Bank of  Tokyo-Mitsubishi  by wire transfer to the
account designated on Schedule 1, attached hereto.

         1.4  Hokuriku  Amount.  SHE shall pay Three  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars
($300,000) (the "Hokuriku  Amount") to the Hokuriku  Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Ltd.
("Hokuriku") by wire transfer to the account  designated on Schedule 1, attached
hereto.

         1.5 Ansdell Amount. One Hundred Thousand Twenty Five Dollars ($125,000)
(the "Ansdell  Amount")  shall be retained by the Buyer and applied  towards any
indemnification  obligations of Seller  pursuant to Article X of this Agreement.
Any  remaining  portion of the Ansdell  Amount shall be delivered to Seller upon
the expiration of Seller's indemnification obligations.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                     CLOSING

         2.1 Closing.  If each party's  preconditions to closing  hereunder have
been satisfied or waived, the closing of the stock purchase  contemplated hereby
("Closing") shall take place at the offices of R. Corbin Houchins, 3600 Columbia
Center,  701 Fifth Avenue,  Seattle,  Washington  98104 on June 11, 1999 or such
other  time  and/or  place as may be  agreed by the  parties.  The date on which
Closing occurs is herein referred to as the "Closing Date."

         2.2  Sale  and  Purchase  Agreement.   Closing  hereunder  shall  occur
simultaneously with transfer of all outstanding shares of the Company to SHW, as
contemplated by that certain Agreement for Sale and Purchase of Shares of Stock,
dated December 21, 1998, by and between  Hokuriku and SHW, as amended (the "Sale
and  Purchase  Agreement"),  provided,  however,  that

                                       2

<PAGE>

the transfer of shares  contemplated under the Sale and Purchase Agreement shall
be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to Closing hereunder.


                                   ARTICLE III
                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

         Except as set forth in the disclosure schedule ("Disclosure  Schedule")
attached  hereto as Exhibit B, Seller and SHW  represent and warrant to Buyer as
follows,  and such  representations  and warranties shall be true as of the date
hereof and as of the Closing Date:

         3.1  Capitalization  of SHW. Upon completion of Closing,  the SHW Stock
shall  consist of 49,000  shares,  and all SHW Stock  shall be duly  authorized,
validly  issued,  fully  paid,  and  non-assessable,   and  there  shall  be  no
outstanding  security  convertible into or exchangeable  for SHW Stock,  option,
warrant,  put,  call,  or other right to purchase or subscribe to SHW Stock,  or
contract,  commitment,  agreement,  understanding,  or  arrangement  of any kind
relating  to the  issuance  or  disposition  of SHW  Stock  or the  issuance  or
disposition of any security convertible into or exchangeable for SHW Stock.

         3.2 Stock  Ownership of SHW. All of the Ansdell Stock shall be directly
owned by Seller as of the Closing  Date.  All of the SHW Stock shall be free and
clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, charges, pledges, options,
restrictions  on transfer,  rights of refusal,  or other  adverse  claims of any
kind.  No person  shall own or have any  beneficial  interest  in any of the SHW
Stock except Seller.  Seller shall have good and marketable title to the Ansdell
Stock. Neither Seller nor SHW has transferred,  issued, or assigned,  or entered
into any agreement or  understanding to transfer,  issue, or assign,  any of the
SHW Stock or any of the voting rights pertaining  thereto,  except for the issue
of the Ansdell stock to Seller and the  undertakings of Seller and SHW hereunder
to transfer, issue, or assign the SHW stock to Buyer.

         3.3 Organization of SHW. SHW is a corporation  duly organized,  validly
existing and in good standing  under the laws of the State of Washington and has
all  requisite  power and  corporate  authority to own,  lease,  and operate its
properties  and to carry on its  business  as now being  conducted.  SHW is duly
qualified  and in good  standing to do business in every  jurisdiction  in which
such  qualification is necessary because of the nature of the business conducted
by SHW.  Seller has  delivered  or shall  deliver  prior to the Closing to Buyer
complete  and  correct  copies  of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws
(collectively,  the  "Organizational  Documents")  of SHW as amended to the date
thereof.  SHW has no ownership interest in any other  corporation,  partnership,
limited liability company, or any other entity.

         3.4  Capitalization of the Company.  As of the Closing Date, the Winery
Stock shall  consist of 12,000  shares of common  stock of the  Company,  all of
which shall be duly authorized,  validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable,
and there shall exist no outstanding  security  convertible into or exchangeable
for Winery Stock;  no option,  warrant,  put, call or other right to purchase or
subscribe to Winery Stock; no contract, commitment, agreement, understanding, or
arrangement  of any kind,  other than this  Agreement  and the Sale and Purchase
Agreement,

                                       3

<PAGE>

affecting  the  issuance  or  disposition  of  Winery  Stock;  and no  contract,
commitment, agreement, understanding, or arrangement of any kind calling for the
creation or issuance of any security convertible into or exchangeable for Winery
Stock.

         3.5 Stock  Ownership of the Company.  All of the issued and outstanding
Winery Stock shall be directly owned by SHW upon completion of Closing, free and
clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, charges, pledges, options,
restrictions on transfer, rights of refusal or other adverse claims of any kind.
No person shall own or have any  beneficial  interest in the Winery Stock except
SHW. SHW shall have good and  marketable  title to the Winery  Stock.  Except as
expressly  set forth in the  Disclosure  Schedule,  SHW has not  transferred  or
assigned,  or entered into any agreement or understanding to transfer or assign,
any of the Winery Stock or any of the voting rights pertaining thereto.

         3.6  Organization  of the Company.  The Company is a  corporation  duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Washington and has all requisite power and corporate authority to own, lease and
operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.  The
Company  is  duly  qualified  and in  good  standing  to do  business  in  every
jurisdiction in which such  qualification is necessary  because of the nature of
the business conducted by it. Seller has delivered or shall deliver prior to the
Closing to Buyer  complete and correct  copies of the Articles of  Incorporation
and Bylaws  (collectively,  "the  Organizational  Documents")  of the Company as
amended to the date thereof.  The Company has no ownership interest in any other
corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity.

         3.7 Authority.  Seller and SHW have the power, corporate authority, and
capacity  to  enter  into,  and  consummate  the  sale  and  other  transactions
contemplated  by, this Agreement.  The execution,  delivery,  and performance of
this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have
been  duly  and  validly  authorized  by  all  necessary  corporate  action,  as
applicable,  on the part of Seller  and SHW.  This  Agreement  has been duly and
validly  executed  and  delivered  by Seller and SHW and is a valid and  binding
obligation of Seller and SHW,  enforceable in accordance with its terms. Neither
the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller and SHW, the
consummation  by  Seller or SHW of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  nor
compliance by Seller or SHW with any of the provisions  hereof will (i) conflict
with or result in a breach of any provision of the  Organizational  Documents or
SHW's Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, (ii) cause a default (or give rise to
any right of termination, cancellation, or acceleration) under any of the terms,
conditions  or  provisions  contained  in  any  note,  bond,  lease,   mortgage,
indenture,  license,  warranty or other instrument or agreement to which the SHW
or the Company is a party that would  affect Buyer or the  operations  of SHW or
the Company,  or by which SHW or the Company or any of its  properties or assets
is or may be bound or  benefited,  or (iii)  violate any law,  statute,  rule or
regulation or any order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree applicable to SHW,
Seller, the Company or any of their properties or assets. No consent or approval
by, or any  notification  of or filing  with,  any public body or  authority  is
required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Seller or
SHW of this Agreement,  or the consummation by Seller or SHW of the transactions
contemplated hereby.

                                       4

<PAGE>

         3.8  Sale and  Purchase  Agreement.  Seller  has  delivered  a true and
complete copy of the Sale and Purchase  Agreement to Buyer. There is no existing
default, no event has occurred that after notice or lapse of time, or both, will
constitute default, under the Sale and Purchase Agreement.

         3.9  Financial Statements.

                  3.9.1  Exhibit  C  attached  hereto  contains  copies  of  the
financial  statements  of  the  Company  as of the  conclusion  of  each  of the
Company's  three most recently  completed  fiscal years and the balance sheet of
the Company for the first four calendar  months of 1999 ("the  Balance  Sheet").
The term  "Balance  Sheet Date" means 30 April 1999.  The materials set forth in
said  Exhibit  C  are  referred  to  herein   collectively   as  "the  Financial
Statements."

                  3.9.2 Except as otherwise  noted in the Financial  Statements,
the Financial Statements are in all material respects accurate and complete, and
fairly  present  the  financial  position  of the Company and the results of its
operations  as of the dates  thereof and for the periods set forth  therein,  in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent
basis.

         3.10 Absence of Undisclosed  Liabilities of SHW. As of the Closing Date
SHW has no liabilities or obligations of any nature.

         3.11 Absence of Undisclosed  Liabilities of the Company. At the Balance
Sheet Date and at the Closing  Date (i) the Company has no material  liabilities
or obligations of any nature (matured or not matured,  fixed or contingent) that
were  not  provided  for or  disclosed  in  the  Disclosure  Schedule  or in the
Financial  Statements,  except for those not required under  generally  accepted
accounting  principles to be stated  therein,  (ii) all reserves and  allowances
provided on the Balance Sheet were adequate for the purposes  indicated therein,
and  there  were no loss  contingencies,  as that term is used in  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  5,  issued  by the  Financial  Accounting
Standards Board ("FASB"),  that were not adequately  provided for in the Balance
Sheet.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  "material"  shall mean  involving over
$10,000.00  or  materially  affecting  the ongoing  business or prospects of the
Company.

         3.12 Absence of Changes.  Since the Balance  Sheet Date,  the Company's
business  has been  operated in the  ordinary  course and there has not been any
material  adverse  change  in the  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of the
Company, any other assets of the Company,  liabilities,  earnings or business of
the Company, and the Company has not paid any dividends, made any distributions,
or paid any directors' fees.

         3.13 Title to and Sufficiency of the Assets. Except as disclosed in the
Financial  Statements  and  the  Disclosure  Schedule,   Company  has  good  and
marketable title to all of the Assets,  free and clear of all mortgages,  liens,
pledges,  charges,  security  interests,  easements,  licenses,  rights  of way,
options,  rights of first refusal,  conditions,  restrictions or encumbrances of
any kind or character, whether or not relating to the extension of credit or the
borrowing  of money  (collectively,  "Encumbrances").  The Assets  comprise  all
personal  property and rights  necessary  for the  operations  of the Company as
currently operated. The Company has performed

                                       5

<PAGE>

all the  obligations  required to be  performed by it with respect to all Assets
leased by it through the Closing Date.

         3.14 Real  Property.  Except as otherwise  described on the  Disclosure
Schedule or the Title Insurance  Report to Buyer by First American Title Company
("the Title Insurance  Company") order number  K-108573DR  ("the Title Insurance
Report") with respect to the Real Property:

                  3.14.1 The Company owns all of the Real Property in fee simple
and such Real Property is free and clear of any Encumbrance, and the Company has
adequate  rights of ingress  and egress to the Real  Property  for all  purposes
necessary for its operations.

                  3.14.2  There  are no  pending,  or to the Best  Knowledge  of
Seller (as defined in Section 3.33) condemnation  proceedings,  lawsuits, claims
of violation of applicable law, or  administrative  actions relating to the Real
Property or other matters  affecting  adversely the current use,  occupancy,  or
value of the Real Property.

                  3.14.3 The Real  Property  does not serve any  adjoining  real
property  for any purpose  inconsistent  with the current use of the Land by the
Company,  and the Real Property is not located  within any flood plain or to the
Best  Knowledge of Seller,  is subject to any similar type of  restriction,  any
permits or licenses necessary for the use of which have not been obtained.

                  3.14.4 There are no leases, subleases, licenses,  concessions,
or other agreements, written or oral, granting to any person the right of use or
occupancy of any portion of the Real Property.

                  3.14.5  There are no  outstanding  options  or rights of first
refusal to purchase or lease the Real  Property,  any  portion  thereof,  or any
interest therein.

                  3.14.6  No  person  or entity  other  than the  Company  is in
possession of the Real Property.

                  3.14.7 The Company is not restricted in any adverse way in the
current use of its water rights, water supply, or mineral rights, and such water
rights and supply are sufficient for the current operations of the Company.

                  3.14.8  The  Improvements   have  received  all  approvals  of
governmental  authorities  (including  certificates of occupancy,  permits,  and
licenses)  required in  connection  with the  ownership  and  operations  of the
Company and have been operated and maintained in substantial compliance with all
applicable legal requirements.

                  3.14.9 To the Best Knowledge of the Seller,  the  Improvements
are structurally sound with no defects;

                  3.14.10 The Improvements are supplied with utilities and other
services  reasonably  necessary  for the current  operations of the Company with
respect  thereto,  including

                                       6

<PAGE>

any necessary gas, electricity, water (including without limitation, the use and
right to a water supply  sufficient for the current  operations of the Company),
irrigation, sanitary and wastewater disposal;

                  3.14.11  Neither  Seller  nor SHW  has  observed  evidence  of
material  infestation  by  phylloxera or material  effects of other  diseases or
pests on the Land.

         3.15 Condition of Tangible Assets.  The Disclosure  Schedule contains a
listing  of  all  fixed  assets  and  tangible  personal  property,  other  than
inventories,  owned by the  Company  and a list of all leases or other  material
agreements  under which the Company is lessee of or holds or operates  any items
of machinery,  equipment,  motor vehicles, office furniture,  computer software,
fixtures or other tangible  personal property owned by any third party. All such
personal  property  (both owned and leased) is in good  operating  condition and
repair,  normal wear and tear  excepted,  and is adequate and suitable to permit
the Company to continue operating the Company in the ordinary course.

         3.16  Agreements.  The Company has delivered to Buyer true and accurate
copies  of all  material  contracts,  agreements  and  instruments  to which the
Company  or SHW  is a  party  , or  materially  complete  descriptions  of  oral
agreements.  The Company and SHW are not in material  default under any material
contract, and Seller has no knowledge of any default by other parties under such
contracts.

         3.17 Litigation. There are (i) no audits, inspections,  actions, suits,
claims,  investigations  or legal,  administrative  or  arbitration  proceedings
pending or, to the Best Knowledge of Seller,  threatened  against the Company or
SHW whether at law or in equity,  whether civil or criminal in nature or whether
before or by any Federal, state,  municipal,  or other governmental  department,
commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,  domestic or foreign, nor,
to the  Best  Knowledge  of  Seller,  does any  basis  exist  therefor;  (ii) no
judgments, decrees, injunctions or orders of any court, governmental department,
commission, agency, instrumentality or arbitrator against the Company or SHW; or
(iii) no proceedings under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws have been commenced
by or  against  the  Company,  Seller or SHW which has not been  terminated;  no
general  assignment  for the benefit of creditors  has been made by the Company,
Seller or SHW;  and no  trustee  or  receiver  of the  Company,  Seller or SHW's
property has been appointed.

         3.18 Compliance; Governmental Authorization.

                  3.18.1 In all material  respects,  the Company and Seller have
complied and are currently in compliance  with all Federal,  state,  territorial
and  local  laws,  ordinances,  regulations  or  orders  applicable  to the Real
Property, and the Company, including, by way of description, and not limitation,
matters relating to the environment, usage of the Real Property, the production,
storage and marketing of any wine, anti-competitive  practices,  discrimination,
employment,  health and  safety,  state,  federal and local  taxes,  issuance of
securities,  customs duties and requirements and foreign practices.  The Company
has all Federal, state, territorial, local and foreign governmental licenses and
permits necessary in the conduct of its business as presently  conducted,  which
licenses and permits are in full force and effect. No violations are

                                       7

<PAGE>

outstanding  or uncured  with  respect to any such  licenses  or permits  and no
proceeding is pending or, to the Best Knowledge of Seller,  threatened to revoke
or limit any of the licenses or permits.

                  3.18.2 (b) Seller has  delivered  to Buyer a true and accurate
list  of all of the  aforesaid  governmental  licenses  and  permits,  consents,
orders,  decrees  and other  compliance  agreements  under  which the Company is
operating or bound,  and the Seller has  furnished  to Buyer true,  complete and
correct copies thereof.

                  3.18.3 (c) Seller has furnished to Buyer copies of all reports
of inspections of the Company from 1 January 1996, through the date hereof under
OSHA, U.S. EPA and under all other  applicable  Federal,  state and local health
and safety or environmental  laws and  regulations.  The  deficiencies,  if any,
noted on such reports have been corrected.

                  3.18.4  As used in this Agreement:

                          "Hazardous  Substance" shall mean any substance:  that
now is defined as a  hazardous  or toxic  waste or  substance  or is  regulated,
governed by, or the handling of which requires  investigation  or remediation by
any governmental authority or instrumentality or under any law, regulation, rule
or order, or any amendment  thereto,  including the Comprehensive  Environmental
Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. ss.9601 et seq.; the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. ss.6901 et seq.; and any applicable law
of the State of Washington  or that is otherwise  toxic,  explosive,  ignitable,
corrosive,   reactive,   flammable,    infectious,    mutagenic,    radioactive,
carcinogenic,  a pollutant or  contaminant,  dangerous  or otherwise  hazardous,
including gasoline,  diesel, petroleum hydrocarbons,  polychlorinated  biphenyls
(PCBs),  asbestos,   radon,  urea  formaldehyde  or  underground  storage  tanks
associated with any Hazardous Substance.

                          "Environmental  Laws"  shall  mean all  present  laws,
regulations,    rules,   policies,   orders,   permits,   licenses,   approvals,
authorizations  and  other  requirements  of any kind  applicable  to  Hazardous
Substances,  including  common law tort  principles  (such as public and private
nuisance and strict liability for conducting  abnormally  dangerous  activities)
and covenants, conditions and restrictions.

                  3.18.5  No  asbestos-containing  materials  have  been  or are
installed or exposed in any of the Improvements,  through demolition, renovation
or otherwise, at any time during or prior to the Company's occupancy of the Real
Property,  (ii) no electrical  transformers or other equipment  containing PCB's
are or have been located on the Real Property at any time during or prior to the
Company's  occupancy of the Real Property,  (iii) no above-ground or underground
storage tanks for gasoline,  heating oil or diesel fuel or any other  substances
are or have been  located on or under the Real  Property  at any time  during or
prior to the Company's occupancy of the Real Property,  (iv) except as set forth
in the Disclosure  Schedule,  no Hazardous Substances have been or are presently
located on, in or under the Real  Property or have affected the Real Property or
any surface  waters or ground  waters on or under the Real  Property at any time
during or prior to the  Company's  occupancy of the Real  Property,  and (v) the
Real Property has not been  designated as "hazardous  waste property" or "border
zone property"  under the provisions of the  environmental  laws of the State of
Washington or any regulation  adopted in accordance

                                       8

<PAGE>

therewith,  and to the Best  Knowledge of Seller there has been no occurrence or
condition on any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of the Real Property
that could  cause the Real  Property  or any part  thereof to be  designated  as
"hazardous  waste  property" or "border zone  property."  To the extent that the
representations  and  warranties  set forth in this  Section  3.13(e)  relate to
periods of time prior to the  Company's  ownership  of the Real  Property,  such
representations and warranties shall be to the Best Knowledge of Seller.

         3.19 Employee Benefit Plans. Seller has furnished to the Buyer lists of
all "employee pension benefit" plans (as defined in Section 3(2) of the Employee
Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended  ("ERISA")),  all "employee
welfare  benefit"  plans (as  defined  in  Section  3(1) of ERISA) and any other
qualified or non-qualified  plans,  programs or letters of commitment  promising
current or future benefits or deferred compensation maintained by the Company as
well as any oral or written  employment  contract  between  the  Company and its
employees.

         3.20 Customers and Suppliers.  Seller has furnished to Buyer a true and
complete list of the grape and bulk wine  suppliers (in dollar  volume,  tonnage
and variety) of the  Company's  operations  during the  calendar  years 1997 and
1998,  including the amount purchased from each during such period, plus the ten
largest other suppliers to the Company (in dollar  volume).  All market reports,
product  surveys and customer  surveys,  which have been conducted by or for the
Company since 1 January 1996, if any, have been provided to Buyer.

         3.21 Intellectual Property. The Seller has furnished to Buyer a list of
all  material  intellectual  property  rights  used  by the  Company  or used in
connection with the Company's operations,  including without limitation all such
patents,  patent  applications,   trade  names,  fictitious  or  assumed  names,
trademarks,  trademark  applications,  service marks, service mark applications,
copyrights,   copyright  applications,   patterns,  inventions,  trade  secrets,
proprietary  processes and formulae,  license agreements,  and all other similar
proprietary  rights,  whether  patentable  or  unpatentable  (collectively,  the
"Intellectual  Property").  The Company owns or possesses  adequate  licenses or
other rights to use all Intellectual  Property necessary to conduct its business
as now  operated.  All of such  Intellectual  Property is owned  outright by the
Company  except as is  otherwise  specifically  noted in said list.  To the Best
Knowledge of Seller, there is no infringement,  misappropriation or other misuse
being made by any other party of the Intellectual Property. No claim is pending,
or, to the Best  Knowledge of Seller,  threatened to the effect that the present
or past  operations  of the Company  infringes  or  conflicts  with the asserted
rights  of others  in  respect  of any  Intellectual  Property,  and no claim is
pending or, to the Best  Knowledge of Seller,  threatened to the effect that any
of such Intellectual Property is invalid or unenforceable.

         3.22 Insurance. Seller has furnished to Buyer a list of all policies of
liability,   theft,   fidelity,   life,  fire,   product   liability,   worker's
compensation,   health  and  other  forms  of  insurance  held  by  the  Company
(specifying the insurer, insured, amount of coverage, type of insurance,  policy
number and any pending claims thereunder).  The Company has not, during the last
three  fiscal  years,  been  denied or had  revoked or  rescinded  any policy of
insurance.

                                       9

<PAGE>

         3.23  Inventories.  contains a true and complete list of the case goods
and bulk wine  inventory  of the  Company  as of the  Balance  Sheet  Date.  The
inventory  value as shown on the Balance Sheet has been determined in accordance
with the normal  valuation  policy of the Company,  consistently  applied and in
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  but without  LIFO
adjustment.  The  inventories  (and items of inventory  acquired or manufactured
subsequent  to the  Balance  Sheet  Date)  consist  only of items of quality and
quantity  commercially  usable and salable in the  ordinary  course of business,
except for any items of obsolete  material or material below  standard  quality,
all of which have been written down to  realizable  market  value,  or for which
adequate  reserves  have  been  provided,  and  the  present  quantities  of all
inventories are reasonable in the present circumstances of the Company.

         3.24 Tax Matters.

                  3.24.1 For purposes of this Agreement,  the term "Taxes" means
all taxes of any kind or nature, including but not limited to U.S., state, local
and foreign income taxes, wine taxes,  withholding  taxes,  branch profit taxes,
gross  receipts  taxes,  franchise  taxes,  sales and use  taxes,  business  and
occupation taxes,  property taxes,  VAT, custom duties or imposts,  stamp taxes,
excise  taxes,  payroll  taxes,  intangible  taxes  and  capital  taxes  and any
penalties or interest thereon.

                  3.24.2 The Company has filed within the time and in the manner
prescribed  by law all tax returns and reports  required to be filed by it under
the laws of the United States and each state or other jurisdiction,  domestic or
foreign,  in which it conducts business  activities  requiring the filing of tax
returns or reports. The Company has established adequate accruals in the Balance
Sheet with respect to all Taxes.

                  3.24.3 Except as set forth in the Disclosure  Schedule,  there
are no tax  liens,  whether  imposed  by the United  States,  any state,  local,
foreign or other taxing authority, outstanding against the Company or any of the
Assets.

                  3.24.4  Except as set forth in the  Disclosure  Schedule,  all
Taxes and  assessments  that the  Company is  required to withhold or to collect
have been duly withheld or collected and all  withholdings  and collections have
either  been  duly  and  timely  paid  over  to  the  appropriate   governmental
authorities  or  are,  together  with  the  payments  due  or to  become  due in
connection  therewith,  duly  reflected on the Balance Sheet in accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

                  3.24.5 Seller is not a "foreign  person" within the meaning of
IRC Section 1445(f)(3).

         3.25  Books and  Records.  The  books of  account  and other  corporate
financial  records of the  Company are in all  material  respects  complete  and
correct,  have been  maintained in accordance  with good business  practices and
matters  contained  therein are  appropriately  and accurately  reflected in the
Financial  Statements.  All historical records,  including,  without limitation,
records concerning sales, production,  vineyards, grape purchases and regulatory

                                       10

<PAGE>

matters,  are in all  material  respects  complete  and  correct  and have  been
maintained in accordance with good business practices.

         3.26  Transactions  with  Certain  Persons.  Except as set forth in the
Disclosure Schedule, neither any officer, director,  shareholder, or employee of
the  Company  or SHW nor any  member of any such  person's  immediate  family is
presently a party to any transaction  with the Company relating to the Company's
operations,  including  without  limitation,  any  contract,  agreement or other
arrangement  (i) providing for the furnishing of services by, (ii) providing for
the rental of real or  personal  property  from,  or (iii)  otherwise  requiring
payments to (other than for services as officers,  directors or employees of the
Company) any such person or corporation,  partnership,  trust or other entity in
which any such  person has a  substantial  interest as a  shareholder,  officer,
director,  trustee or partner.  Except as set forth in the Disclosure  Schedule,
all such contracts, agreements or other arrangements are arms-length.

         3.27 Accounts and Notes Receivable. Seller has furnished to the Buyer a
true aged list of unpaid accounts and notes receivable owing to the Company from
third  parties as of the  Balance  Sheet  Date.  All unpaid  accounts  and notes
receivable  outstanding at the date hereof constitute,  and those outstanding at
the Closing Date will constitute,  valid and enforceable  claims arising in bona
fide  transactions in the ordinary  course of business,  except to the extent of
returns and disputes  arising in the  ordinary  course of business and except as
enforceability is limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization,  insolvency,
moratorium,  fraudulent  conveyance or similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors  rights  generally.  There is (i) no  account  or note  debtor who has
refused or, to the Best  Knowledge  of Seller,  threatened  to refuse to pay its
obligations or who has, to the Best  Knowledge of Seller,  threatened to set-off
such  obligations for any reason,  (ii) no account or note debtor who is, to the
Best  Knowledge  of Seller,  insolvent  or bankrupt and (iii) no account or note
receivable is, to the Best Knowledge of Seller, pledged to any third party.

         3.28 Year 2000  Compliance.  The  Information  Technology  (as  defined
below) of the Company is Year 2000 Compliant.  "Year 2000 Compliant"  means with
respect to the Company's Information  Technology,  the Information Technology is
designed to be used prior to, during and after the calendar year 2000 A.D.,  and
the  Information  Technology  used during each such time period will  accurately
receive,  provide  and process  date/time  data  (including  but not limited to,
calculating,  comparing and sequencing) from, into and between the 20th and 21st
centuries,  including the years 1999 and 2000,  and leap year  calculations  and
will not malfunction,  cease to function or provide invalid or incorrect results
as a result of date/time data, to the extent that other Information  Technology,
used in combination  with the Information  Technology  being acquired,  properly
exchanges  date/time  data  with  it.  "Information  Technology"  shall  include
computer  software,  computer  firmware,  computer  hardware (whether general or
specific   purpose),   and  other   similar  or  related   items  of  automated,
computerized,  or software system(s) that are use or relied on by the Company in
the conduct of its operations.

         3.29  Brokers.  Seller  has  not  employed  any  broker  or  finder  in
connection with the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  Seller shall
indemnify,  defend  and hold  Buyer  harmless  from any and all claims or losses
relating to brokerage fees, commissions or finder's,

                                       11

<PAGE>

fees owed or claimed to be owed to any broker or finder engaged or claimed to be
engaged by Seller.

         3.30  Disclosure.  Neither this  Agreement  (including  the  Disclosure
Schedule) nor any other document,  certificate or written statement furnished to
Buyer by or on  behalf  of Seller  or SHW in  connection  with the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  when  considered  in the  aggregate  with all other  such
documents,  certificates or statements,  contains any misstatement of a material
fact or omission of a material  fact  necessary in order to make the  statements
contained herein and therein not misleading.

         3.31 Insurance.  Seller  represents to Buyer that the  Improvements are
presently  insured in an amount  reflected  on the  policies  designated  in the
Disclosure Schedule.

         3.32.  Survival.  All representations  and warranties  contained herein
shall survive the Closing and shall  terminate on the first  anniversary  of the
Closing.  After termination,  no indemnity,  representation or warranty shall be
the  basis  of any  cause of  action  or any  excuse  for  nonperformance  of an
undertaking.

         3.33 Best Knowledge of Seller. Seller represents and warrants that each
time a  representation  and warranty is based on "Best  Knowledge" that means to
the knowledge of a reasonable  person in Seller's  position,  in each case after
reasonable inquiry as to the subject matter involved.

         3.34 Current Operations of the Company.  Seller represents and warrants
that each time a representation and warranty references the current or continued
operations  of the  Company,  such  operations  of  the  Company  shall  include
cultivation of the Company's vineyards.

         3.35 Limit of  Liability.  Neither  SHW, nor Seller shall be liable for
any breach of warranty, representation,  covenant or other promise except to the
extent the damage to Buyer as a result from such  breach and all other  breaches
exceeds,   cumulatively,   $10,000.00.   Seller's   liability  for  breaches  of
representations and warranties, whether as party hereto, as principal, as agent,
arising from the holding of any office, directorship,  shares of stock, or other
rights related to SHW or the Company, as fiduciary,  as indemnitor,  derivative,
or on any other basis whatsoever,  shall not exceed the Ansdell Amount.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither SHW nor Seller shall be liable
for any misstatement or omission with respect to any fact that is actually known
to Buyer in its correct and complete form or that would have been known to Buyer
but for Buyer's negligence.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

         Buyer represents and warrants to Seller as follows:

                                       12

<PAGE>


         4.1  Organization,  Standing  and Power.  Buyer is a  corporation  duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
California  and has all  requisite  corporate  power and authority to enter into
this  Agreement,  to perform its  obligations  hereunder and to  consummate  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         4.2  Authority.  The  execution,   delivery  and  performance  of  this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been
duly and validly  authorized  by all necessary  corporate  action on the part of
Buyer.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Buyer
and is a valid and binding  obligation of Buyer,  enforceable in accordance with
its terms.  Neither the execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement,
nor the consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby, nor compliance by
Buyer with any of the  provisions  hereof will (a) conflict  with or result in a
breach of any provision of its Articles of Incorporation or By-laws, (b) cause a
default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration)
under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any agreement, instrument or
obligation  to which  Buyer is a party,  or by which  any of its  properties  or
assets may be bound, or (c) violate any statute, rule or regulation or judgment,
order,  writ,  injunction  or  decree  of any  court,  administrative  agency or
governmental  body, in each case applicable to Buyer or any of its properties or
assets.  No filing with, and no permit,  authorization,  consent or approval of,
any public body or authority is necessary for the  consummation  by Buyer of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         4.3  Investment  Intent.  Buyer  is  acquiring  the  Winery  Stock  for
investment without a view to the sale,  distribution,  subdivision,  transfer or
fractionalization thereof. Buyer acknowledges that the Winery Stock has not been
registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 or any state  securities  law and
there is no commitment  to register the Winery Stock,  and (b) cannot be resold,
unless it is  subsequently  registered  or an  exemption  from  registration  is
available.

         4.4 Brokers.  Buyer has not employed any broker or finder in connection
with the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  Buyer shall  indemnify,
defend and hold Seller  harmless  from any and all claims or losses  relating to
brokerage  fees,  commissions or finder's fees owed or claimed to be owed to any
broker or finder engaged or claimed to be engaged by Buyer.

         4.5 Survival.  All  representations  and warranties of Buyer  contained
herein shall survive the Closing and shall terminate on the first anniversary of
the Closing.

                                    ARTICLE V
                               COVENANTS OF SELLER

         Seller hereby  covenants and agrees with Buyer as set forth below.  The
covenants of Seller affect the operations of the Company prior to Closing.

         5.1 Conduct of Business  until  Closing  Date.  Except as  permitted or
required hereby or as Buyer may otherwise  consent in writing,  between the date
hereof and the Closing Date, Seller shall or shall use his best efforts to cause
the Company to:

                                       13

<PAGE>

                  (a)  operate  the  business  of the Winery  only in the usual,
regular and ordinary  manner as such business was conducted prior to the Balance
Sheet  Date and,  to the extent  consistent  with such  operation,  use its best
efforts to (i) preserve the present business organizations of the Winery intact,
and  (ii)  preserve  the  present  business  relationship  of  the  Winery  with
customers,  suppliers,  and others having business  dealings with it;  provided,
however,  that the  Company  shall  not enter  into or  terminate  any  material
contracts,  including grape purchase  agreements,  and shall not sell any of its
inventory in bulk without the prior written consent of Buyer;

                  (b) maintain all  properties  necessary for the conduct of the
business of the  Winery,  whether  owned or leased,  in  substantially  the same
condition  as they now are  (reasonable  wear and tear  which are not such as to
materially  adversely  affect the  operations  of the  Company and damage due to
unavoidable  casualty  excepted)  and, in the event that any Asset is damaged by
any  casualty  prior to the Closing  Date,  Seller  shall,  at his option to the
extent  such  damage is not  covered  by  insurance,  restore  such asset to its
condition prior to such damage,  or replace it with another item of like quality
and  condition or reduce the Stock  Purchase  Price,  as the case may be, by the
amount of such loss;

                  (c)  maintain  the books,  records and accounts of the Company
and the Winery in the usual,  regular and ordinary manner, on a basis consistent
with prior periods;

                  (d)  duly  comply  in all  material  respects  with  all  laws
applicable to the conduct of the Company's business;

                  (e) perform  all of the  material  obligations  of the Company
(including the payment of tax liabilities) without default;

                  (f) unless it first receives  Buyer's written  consent,  which
may be withheld in Buyer's  sole  discretion,  not (i)  encumber,  mortgage,  or
voluntarily subject to lien any of the Assets; (ii) convey,  transfer or acquire
any material  asset or property or any portion  thereof  other than in the usual
and ordinary course of business, provided that any capital expenditure in excess
of $5,000 shall be deemed outside the ordinary  course of business;  (iii) incur
any material fixed or contingent obligation other than in the usual and ordinary
course of business or increase any such obligation; (iv) issue any equity in the
Company;  nor (v)  enter  into  any  lease  or  other  obligation  which  is not
terminable on thirty (30) days' notice without penalty or payment;

                  (g)  promptly  give  Buyer  written   notice  of  any  damage,
individually  or in the  aggregate,  in an  amount  greater  than  $5,000 to the
Assets;

                  (h) unless it first  receives  Buyer's  written  consent,  not
adopt,  announce  nor  implement  any  promotional  programs,  except for any in
progress as of the date hereof;

                  (i) not  grant  any  power of  attorney  with  respect  to the
business, properties or assets of the Company; and

                                       14

<PAGE>

                  (j)  not   make  any   distribution   or   dividends   to  its
shareholders,  or value any payments of any kind to directors or make any bonus,
pension,  retirement or insurance payment or arrangement to or with any employee
or  consultant  except those that may have been accrued as of the Balance  Sheet
Date  or  increase  the  level  of  compensation  payable  to  any  employee  or
consultant.

         5.2 Access to Properties and Records. Seller shall give to Buyer and to
its counsel,  accountants,  and other  representatives  reasonable access during
normal  business  hours  to  the  properties,  personnel,  books,  tax  returns,
contracts,  commitments  and records of the Company and the right to make copies
thereof.  Seller  will  furnish  to  Buyer  and  such  representatives  all such
additional  documents  and  financial  and  other  information  as  Buyer or its
representatives  may from time to time  reasonably  request and permit Buyer and
such  representatives  to examine all records and working papers relating to the
preparation,  review and audits of the financial  statements  and tax returns of
the Company.

         Buyer shall have the right to inspect and investigate the Real Property
and all  improvements  thereon  as well as the  bulk  and  bottled  wine and the
condition of the vineyards  included in the Assets,  including  roof,  plumbing,
soils tests, electrical,  sprinkler,  water, sewer, engineering studies, heating
and  air  conditioning  system  or  systems,  and  structural  integrity  of the
Improvements  (including  structural pest control  reports),  measurement of the
square footage of the Real Property (including land and any improvements), legal
status and  requirements  pertaining  to the Real Property  (including  building
codes,  zoning,  environmental,  public health and fire safety laws),  hazardous
substance  inspections  including  preparation of an  environmental  assessment,
suitability  of the Real Property for Buyer's  purposes and all other matters of
significance  to Buyer.  Buyer will provide  Seller a copy of any  assessment or
report  promptly upon receipt.  Buyer agrees to keep the results of such testing
and inspections  confidential,  except to the extent that disclosure is required
by law (in which  case,  Buyer  will  notify  Seller  prior to  making  any such
disclosure).  Buyer shall order and pay all costs and  expenses  with respect to
such inspections and investigations.

         Seller shall promptly provide Buyer with a copy of each:

                  (a) Copies of all service,  maintenance,  farming,  management
and other  contracts  and  agreements,  if any,  related  to the  operation  and
management of the Winery or Real Property.

                  (b) Copies of all soils, engineering and environmental reports
relating to the Real Property, if any, in the Seller's possession.

                  (c) Copies of all equipment leases and all material amendments
thereto.

                  (d) Any document referenced in the Disclosure Schedule.

                                       15

<PAGE>

         5.3 Advise of Changes.  Between  the date hereof and the Closing  Date,
Seller shall  advise Buyer  promptly in writing of any fact of which they become
aware,  which,  if known at the date hereof,  would have been required to be set
forth or disclosed in or pursuant to this Agreement.

         5.4 Conduct.  Except as  permitted  or required  hereby or as Buyer may
otherwise consent in writing, Seller shall not enter into any transaction,  take
any  action,  or fail to take  any  action,  which  would  result  in any of the
representations  and  warranties  contained in this Agreement not being true and
correct  at and as of the  time  immediately  after  such  transaction  has been
entered into or such event has occurred and on the Closing  Date.  From the date
of this Agreement until either the Closing or the termination of this Agreement,
Seller  agrees  that he shall not  solicit,  negotiate,  encourage,  initiate or
otherwise  participate in any discussions,  or provide  information to any third
party,  with  respect to the sale of any of the  Winery  Stock,  or any  merger,
business combination, or similar transaction involving the Company.

         5.5  Approvals,   Consents.   Except  as  otherwise  disclosed  in  the
Disclosure  Schedule,  Seller shall obtain in writing  prior to the Closing Date
all approvals,  consents and waivers, required to be obtained by him in order to
effectuate  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  and shall deliver to Buyer
copies  thereof,  reasonably  satisfactory  in  form  and  substance  to  Buyer.
Approvals  required of Seller cannot,  without the written  consent of Buyer, be
obtained at a cost or other adverse consequence to Buyer or the Company.

         5.6  Insurance.  Seller  agrees to maintain the  insurance  policies in
effect for the Improvements  through the Closing Date, and upon Buyer's request,
to provide Buyer a certificate of such insurance.

         5.7 Further Assurances. Seller shall at any time and from time to time,
both before and after the  Closing,  upon the request of Buyer but at no cost or
expense to Seller,  (a) do, execute,  acknowledge  and deliver,  and cause to be
done,  executed,  acknowledged  or  delivered,  all such  further  acts,  deeds,
assignments,  transfers, conveyances, powers of attorney or assurances as may be
reasonably required for the better transferring, assigning, conveying, granting,
assuring and confirming to Buyer,  or for aiding and assisting in the collection
of or  reducing  to  possession  by Buyer,  of the SHW Stock or to vest in Buyer
good,  valid and  marketable  title to the SHW Stock and otherwise to consummate
the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement; (b) cooperate and assist Buyer
or the Winery in connection with any tax,  environmental  or other  governmental
audit and any  litigation  or claims  related to the  business  or assets of the
Company through the Closing Date; and (c) promptly convey to Buyer after receipt
of any payments,  correspondence or notices relating to the Winery or any of the
Real  Property;  provided that Seller shall be entitled to be reimbursed for any
material  expense and to be compensated  for material  amounts of time resulting
directly from Buyer's request.

         5.8  Satisfaction  of  Conditions.  Seller  shall take all  actions and
execute all documents  required for the  satisfaction,  to the extent within the
control of Seller,  of the  conditions  to Closing set forth in Articles VII and
VIII below.

                                       16

<PAGE>

         5.9 Confidentiality. Seller will keep in confidence all proprietary and
financial  information  of Buyer or the Company all  information  concerning the
terms  and  conditions  of this  Agreement  and will not,  except to the  extent
required  by law or to the extent any such  information  is  otherwise  publicly
available, without the prior written consent of Buyer, reveal any such financial
or proprietary information to any third party other than counsel, accountants or
experts  retained by Buyer who shall be bound by the same  restrictions.  If the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement are not  consummated,  Seller shall
return to Buyer, at Buyer's request,  all documents  supplied to Seller by Buyer
pursuant to the  provisions of this  Agreement.  This covenant shall survive the
Closing and shall  terminate on the one year  anniversary of the Closing Date or
the one year anniversary of the termination date of this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                               COVENANTS OF BUYER

         6.1  Confidentiality;   Return  of  Documents.  Unless  and  until  the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated,  Buyer will keep in
confidence all proprietary  and financial  information of Seller and the Company
and will not,  except to the  extent  required  by law or to the extent any such
information is otherwise publicly  available,  without the prior written consent
of the Seller reveal any such financial or proprietary  information to any third
party other than counsel,  accountants or experts retained by Buyer who shall be
bound  by the  same  restrictions.  If the  transactions  contemplated  by  this
Agreement  are not  consummated,  Buyer  shall  return to  Seller,  at  Seller's
request, all documents supplied to Buyer by Seller pursuant to the provisions of
this   Agreement,   and  Buyer  shall  continue  to  be  bound  to  respect  its
confidentiality undertaking following any termination of this Agreement.

         6.2  Satisfaction  of  Conditions.  Buyer  shall take all  actions  and
execute all documents  required for the  satisfaction,  to the extent within the
control of Buyer,  of the  covenants  and  conditions  to  Closing  set forth in
Articles V, VII and VIII.

         6.3 Advice of Changes.  Between  the date hereof and the Closing  Date,
Buyer shall advise Seller promptly in writing of any fact of which Buyer becomes
aware,  which,  if known at the date hereof,  would have been required to be set
forth or disclosed in or pursuant to this Agreement.

         6.4 Conduct.  Except as  permitted or required  hereby or as Seller may
otherwise consent in writing,  Buyer shall not enter into any transaction,  take
any  action,  or fail to take  any  action,  which  would  result  in any of the
representations  and  warranties of Buyer  contained in this Agreement not being
true and correct at and as of the time  immediately  after such  transaction has
been entered into or such event has occurred and on the Closing Date.

         6.5 Approvals,  Consents. Buyer shall use its best efforts to obtain in
writing  prior to the Closing  Date all  governmental  approvals,  consents  and
waivers,   required  to  be  obtained  by  Buyer  in  order  to  effectuate  the
transactions contemplated hereby, and shall deliver to Seller copies thereof.

                                       17

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII
                       CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER

         The obligation of Buyer to perform its obligations under this Agreement
is subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing Date (unless otherwise
specifically  indicated to the  contrary)  of the  following  conditions  unless
waived by Buyer in its sole discretion.

         7.1 Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. The representations and
warranties of Seller  contained in this  Agreement and the  Disclosure  Schedule
shall be true and accurate in all material  respects on the Closing  Date,  with
the same force and effect as if made on such Closing Date, except as affected by
transactions   required  or   permitted   hereby,   and  except  that  any  such
representation  or warranty made as of a specified  date (other than the date of
this  Agreement)  shall have been true and accurate in all material  respects on
and as of such date.

         7.2 Performance of Agreements. Seller shall have performed and complied
with all covenants,  obligations and agreements to be performed or complied with
by them on or before the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement.

         7.3 Performance of Sale and Purchase Agreement.  All obligations of SHW
and  Hokuriku  pursuant  to the Sale and  Purchase  Agreement  shall  have  been
performed and fulfilled on or before the Closing Date, except for obligations to
pay funds that will be paid pursuant to this Agreement.

         7.4  Seller  and SHW's  Certificates.  Buyer  shall  have  received  an
accurate certificate of Seller,  certifying as to the fulfillment of the matters
specified  in  Sections  7.1,  and  7.2  and an  accurate  certificate  of  SHW,
certifying as to the  fulfillment of the matters  specified in Section 7.3, each
dated as of the relevant  Closing Date and in a form and substance  satisfactory
to Buyer and its counsel.

         7.5 Opinion of Counsel. Buyer shall have received an opinion of counsel
for SHW in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D and for the Company in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit E.

         7.6  Consents,  Authorizations.  Except as disclosed in the  Disclosure
Schedule, all consents,  authorizations,  permits, licenses, orders or approvals
of, and filings or registrations  with and the expiration of all waiting periods
imposed by, any third party, including,  without limitation,  any Federal, state
or local commission, board or other regulatory body, lessor, lender, licensor or
supplier  which are required for or in  connection  with (a) the  execution  and
delivery of this Agreement by Seller and the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby, and (b) in order to permit or enable Buyer and the Company
to conduct the Winery's  business after the Closing as conducted by Seller as of
the date hereof shall have been duly obtained or made and shall be in full force
and effect.

         7.7 Legislation. No federal, state or local statute, rule or regulation
shall  have been  enacted  after  the date of this  Agreement  which  prohibits,
restricts, delays or materially adversely

                                       18

<PAGE>

affects  the  business of the Company or the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  by this Agreement or any of the conditions to the  consummation of
such  transactions.  No temporary  restraining  order or injunction  shall be in
effect, or threatened by a governmental agency,  restraining the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby.

         7.8 Corporate  Records.  Buyer shall have received copies of the minute
books, stock ledgers and financial records of the Company and SHW.

         7.9 Good Standing  Certificate.  Buyer shall have received certificates
dated within ten days before the Closing Date from the Secretary of State of (a)
Washington,  certifying  that SHW and the Company are in good standing under the
laws of such  jurisdiction and a certified copy of the Articles of Incorporation
and all amendments,  and (b) each  jurisdiction in which SHW and the Company are
qualified to do business as a foreign  corporation,  certifying that SHW and the
Company are so qualified and in good standing.

         7.10 Lien Releases.  All Encumbrances other than Encumbrances permitted
hereunder shall have been released with respect to the Assets.

         7.11  Interim  Financials.  Buyer  shall have  received  the  unaudited
balance  sheet of the  Company as of the  month-end  immediately  preceding  the
Closing  Date  (or the  prior  month-end  if the  Closing  occurs  prior  to the
fifteenth  day of a  month),  and all  available  related  unaudited  statements
prepared by the Company,  but without a LIFO  adjustment,  which such  financial
statements shall be deemed Financial Statements for purposes of Section 3.5.

         7.12 Due Diligence  Inspection.  Buyer shall have completed to its sole
and absolute  satisfaction the review and inspections  described in Section 5.2,
and a  satisfactory  inspection  with  respect to the  operating  condition  and
capacity of the Winery, the Assets and the Real Property.

         7.13  Transfer  Documents.   All  transfer  documents  and  actions  in
connection  with such transfers  shall be  satisfactory in form and substance to
Buyer and shall have been received by Buyer.

         7.14 Title  Report.  Buyer shall have  reviewed  and approved the Title
Report, and shall have received a commitment  satisfactory in form to it that at
the  Closing,  the Title  Company  will issue the Title  Policy  referred  to in
Section 7.15 below.

         7.15 CLTA  Owner's  Policy.  Evidence of title in the Company  shall be
confirmed by the  issuance at the Final  Closing by a title  company  reasonably
acceptable to Buyer of its CLTA Owner's Policy of Title Insurance  insuring that
fee title in the Land is vested in the Company, subject to obligations for local
real  estate  taxes  and  assessments  not yet due or  payable;  and such  other
exceptions  as may be  approved in writing by Buyer (the  "Title  Policy").  The
Title Policy shall include such  endorsements  as Buyer may  reasonably  request
prior to the Closing Date.

                                       19

<PAGE>

         7.16 No Material Adverse Change.  Prior to the Closing, the business of
the Company and the  condition of the Real  Property  will not have suffered any
material adverse change from the date hereof.

         7.17 Release.  Seller shall have provided  Buyer with a release of each
of Seller,  Hokuriku  and the sellers of the Winery Stock to Hokuriku of any and
all claims against the Company in  substantially  the form attached as Exhibit F
hereto.

         7.18  Resignation  of Directors and Officers.  Seller shall have caused
the Company  and SHW to provide  resignations  for all  officers  and  directors
effective on Closing.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                       CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER

         The  obligation  of  Seller  to  perform  its  obligations  under  this
Agreement is subject to the  satisfaction at or prior to the Closing Date of the
following conditions unless waived by Seller in its sole discretion:

         8.1 Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. The representations and
warranties of Buyer  contained in this  Agreement  shall be true and accurate in
all  material  respects on and as of the Closing  Date,  with the same force and
effect as if made on the  Closing  Date,  except  as  affected  by  transactions
required  or  permitted  hereby,  and  except  that any such  representation  or
warranty  made as of a specified  date  (other than the date of this  Agreement)
shall have been true and  accurate  in all  material  respects on and as of such
date.

         8.2 Performance of Agreements.  Buyer shall have performed and complied
in all material  respects with all covenants,  obligations  and agreements to be
performed or complied  with by it on or before the Closing Date pursuant to this
Agreement,  and Buyer shall have executed and delivered all other  documents and
agreements referred to herein.

         8.3  Officer's  Certification.  Seller shall have  received an accurate
certificate,  dated the Closing  Date,  of a duly  authorized  officer of Buyer,
satisfactory  in form and substance to Seller and its counsel,  certifying as to
the fulfillment of the matters specified in Sections 8.1 and 8.2.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   TERMINATION

         9.1 Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to
the Closing Date upon the following terms and conditions:

                  (a) by Buyer,  if a condition set forth in Article VII has not
been  satisfied  or if there  has been a  violation  or  breach by Seller of any
material  agreement,  representation  or  warranty of Seller  contained  in this
Agreement,  which such  failure,  violation  or breach has not

                                       20

<PAGE>

been cured to the reasonable  satisfaction  of Buyer within fifteen (15) days of
written notice to Seller; or

                  (b) by  Seller,  if there  has been a  violation  or breach by
Buyer of any material  agreement,  representation or warranty of Buyer contained
in this  Agreement  or if a  condition  set forth in  Article  VIII has not been
satisfied,  which such  failure,  violation  or breach has not been cured to the
reasonable  satisfaction of Seller within fifteen (15) days of written notice to
Buyer; or

                  (c) by  Seller  or Buyer at any time  after  the  later of the
Closing Date or any extension thereof as provided in Section 2 or after July 30,
1999 in all events.

In  the  event  of  termination  of  this  Agreement  and   abandonment  of  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  pursuant  to this  Section  9.1 prior to the
Closing,  written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other party and
this Agreement shall terminate and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be
abandoned,  without further action by any of the parties hereto,  except for any
promise which expressly survives any termination of this Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

         10.1  Obligation of Seller to Indemnify.  Seller shall  indemnify Buyer
and hold harmless  and, upon Buyer's  request,  defend  Buyer,  its  affiliates,
subsidiaries,  directors,  officers,  employees, agents and assigns of each from
and  against  any  claims,  demands,  causes  of  action,  proceedings,  losses,
liabilities, damages, deficiencies, interest, penalties, expenses, judgments and
costs (including reasonable  attorneys',  consultants' and accountants' fees and
disbursements,   court  costs,  amounts  paid  in  settlement  and  expenses  of
investigation)  incurred by Buyer  (collectively,  "Losses") provided,  however,
that Seller's obligations to indemnify Buyer pursuant to this Section,  combined
with any claims based on  representations  or warranties  under this  Agreement,
shall be limited to an  aggregate  of  $125,000,  based upon,  arising out of or
otherwise in respect of:

                  (i) The breach of any  representation,  warranty,  covenant or
                  agreement  of Seller  contained  in this  Agreement  or in any
                  document  or  other   writing   delivered   pursuant  to  this
                  Agreement;

                  (ii)  Any  liability  of  Seller  for  personal  injury,  real
                  property damage or other loss arising from any act or omission
                  occurring  on or prior to the Closing  Date related in any way
                  to any product  manufactured  or  distributed by the Winery to
                  the extent  that such  losses  exceed any  insurance  proceeds
                  actually  received by Buyer or the Company or by any party for
                  the benefit of Buyer;

                  (iii) To the extent of Seller's  Best  Knowledge (x) Hazardous
                  Substances existing on, in or under the Real Property prior to
                  or as of the Closing  Date due to the acts or omissions of the
                  Company,  Seller  or their  affiliates,  directors,  officers,

                                       21

<PAGE>

                  employees,  agents,  contractors,  or  invitees  ("Preexisting
                  Hazardous  Substances"),  (y) Preexisting Hazardous Substances
                  which have migrated or migrate at anytime  (whether  before or
                  after  the  Closing  Date)  from  the Real  Property,  and (z)
                  liabilities arising out of or related to Preexisting Hazardous
                  Materials  removed from the Real Property  after the same have
                  been removed from the Real Property;

                  (iv) To the extent of Seller's Best Knowledge, Compliance with
                  and/or violation or breach of any  Environmental Law occurring
                  at anytime  (whether  before or after the  Closing  Date) with
                  respect to Preexisting Hazardous Substances; and

                  (v) All taxes  imposed on Seller or the Company  regardless of
                  when imposed for any period prior to and including the Closing
                  Date, including any taxes arising from either the purchase and
                  sale of the  Winery  Stock or the  Assets to the  extent  such
                  taxes are not reserved for on the Interim Balance Sheet;

including,  without limitation,  consequential damages,  damages for personal or
bodily injury,  property damage, damage to natural resources occurring on or off
the Real Property, encumbrances,  liens, defense costs of any claims (whether or
not  such  claim  is  ultimately  defeated),  good  faith  settlements,   losses
attributable  to the diminution of value or loss of use or use of any portion of
the Real Property, and the cost of any reasonable remedial,  removal,  response,
abatement, clean-up, investigative and monitoring costs and any other reasonable
related costs and  expenses,  whether or not such Losses are known or unknown as
of the date of this  Agreement,  contingent or otherwise,  matured or unmatured,
foreseeable or  unforeseeable.  Any action taken or expense incurred by Buyer at
the  direction of any  governmental  authority  shall be deemed  reasonable  for
purposes of this Section 10.1.

         10.2 Obligation of Buyer to Indemnify.  Buyer shall  indemnify,  defend
and hold harmless  Seller and his spouse,  its partners,  employees,  agents and
assigns of each from and against any Losses (as the term  "Losses" is defined in
Section 10.1 above),  provided,  however,  that Buyer's obligations to indemnify
Seller  pursuant to this  Section  shall be limited to an aggregate of $100,000,
based  upon,  arising  out of or  otherwise  in  respect  of (i) a breach of any
representation,  warranty,  covenant or  agreement  of Buyer  contained  in this
Agreement  or in any  document  or  other  papers  delivered  pursuant  to  this
Agreement,  or (ii) any liability for personal injury,  property damage or other
loss arising from any act, or omission of Buyer or its agents in connection with
the  operation of the Winery after the Closing  (including  acts or omissions by
Buyer after Closing with respect to violation of  environmental  laws),  and its
due  diligence  investigation  pursuant to Section  5.2 (Access to Property  and
Records)  including,  without  limitation,  consequential  damages,  damages for
personal  or  bodily  injury,  property  damage,  damage  to  natural  resources
occurring on or off the Real Property, encumbrances, liens, defense costs of any
claims  (whether  or  not  such  claim  is  ultimately  defeated),   good  faith
settlements,  losses  attributable  to the diminution of value or loss of use or
use of any  portion  of the  Real  Property,  and  the  cost  of any  reasonable
remedial, removal, response, abatement,  clean-up,  investigative and monitoring
costs and any other reasonable  related costs and expenses,  whether or not such
Losses  are known or  unknown as of the date of this  Agreement,  contingent  or

                                       22

<PAGE>

otherwise, matured or unmatured,  foreseeable or unforeseeable. Any action taken
or expense  incurred by Seller at the  direction of any  governmental  authority
shall be deemed reasonable for purposes of this Section 10.2.

         10.3  Claims.  If any  party  (the  "Indemnitee")  receives  notice  of
circumstances  that  would  give rise to a claim by such  party or notice of any
claim or the  commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which any
other  party  (or  parties)  is  obligated  to  provide   indemnification   (the
"Indemnifying  Party")  pursuant  to  Section  10.1  or 10.2  (a  "Claim"),  the
Indemnitee shall promptly give the Indemnifying Party notice thereof.  Within 30
days after such  notice,  the  Indemnifying  Party  will  notify the  Indemnitee
whether it  irrevocably  elects to make  payment of the amount  claimed or, with
respect to third  party  claims,  to contest  such  claim by  appropriate  legal
proceedings.  The failure of the Indemnifying  Party to notify the Indemnitee of
its intention  within such 30 days shall  constitute an irrevocable  election by
them  that it will pay the  amount  claimed.  Any  defense  of a claim  shall be
conducted by counsel of good standing  chosen by Indemnitee and  satisfactory to
Indemnifying   Party.  Such  defense  shall  be  conducted  at  the  expense  of
Indemnifying  Party,  except that if any proceeding involves both claims against
which indemnity is granted hereunder and other claims for which  indemnification
is not granted hereunder, the expenses of defending against such claims shall be
borne by the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnitee in respective  proportions to
the  dollar  amount  of the  claims  for which  they may be liable  based on the
aggregate dollar amount of the claims.

         This  indemnification  obligations  of the parties under this Article X
shall survive the Closing and shall expire one (1) year after the Closing Date.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         11.1  Expenses.  All fees,  costs and  expenses  incurred by a party in
connection  with,  relating to or arising  out of the  execution,  delivery  and
performance  of  this  Agreement  and  the   consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated hereby,  including,  without limitation,  legal and accounting fees
and expenses,  shall be borne by such party unless this Agreement terminates due
to a breach by the other party in which case the breaching party (in addition to
any  liquidated   damages  to  be  paid  by  such  party)  shall  reimburse  the
non-breaching  party  for all of such  expenses,  provided,  however,  that  the
Company shall bear any expenses incurred by Seller in connection with completing
the transactions  contemplated by the Sale and Purchase  Agreement  described in
Section 2.2, and may, in its discretion, bear any or all such costs and expenses
of SHW.

         11.2 Binding  Effect.  This Agreement shall not be assignable by either
Buyer or Seller  without  the prior  written  consent of the other,  except that
without  relieving Buyer of any of its obligations  under this Agreement,  Buyer
may assign this Agreement to an entity which is under common control with Buyer.
Subject to the  foregoing,  this Agreement  shall be binding upon,  inure to the
benefit of, and be  enforceable  by, the  respective  successors,  heirs,  legal
representatives,  and assigns of the parties hereto. This Agreement  constitutes
an agreement

                                       23

<PAGE>

among the parties hereto and none of the agreements, covenants,  representations
or warranties contained herein shall be for the benefit of any third party not a
party to this Agreement.

         11.3  Entire  Agreement;  Amendments.  This  Agreement  (including  the
Disclosure  Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto and the ancillary  agreements
referred  to herein),  and the other  writings  referred to herein or  delivered
pursuant hereto contain the entire  understanding of the parties with respect to
its  subject  matter.  This  Agreement   supersedes  all  prior  agreements  and
understandings  between the parties with respect to the subject  matter  hereof.
This Agreement may be amended only by a written  instrument duly executed by the
parties, and any condition to a party's obligations hereunder may only be waived
in  writing  by  such  party.  Whenever  the  term  "including"  is used in this
document,  it shall be deemed to mean including  without  limitation the matters
following thereafter.

         11.4  Headings.  The  article and section  headings  contained  in this
Agreement  are for  reference  purposes only and shall not affect in any way the
meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

         11.5  Notices.  The terms  "Notice"  and  "Notify"  means all  notices,
claims, certificates, requests, demands and other communications hereunder which
shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered  personally or mailed
by registered or certified mail,  return receipt  requested and postage prepaid,
or sent by facsimile to the parties at the addresses  and facsimile  numbers set
forth on Exhibit G hereto,  provided  that if a party has a facsimile  terminal,
Notice must include facsimile transmission.

Notice or other  communication shall be deemed to have been given on the date of
receipt.

         11.6 Publicity. The parties agree that, except as otherwise required by
law, the  issuance of any reports,  statements  or releases  pertaining  to this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby prior to Closing is subject to
mutual consent.

         11.7 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and
each such counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original  instrument,  but
all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

         11.8 Governing  Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of California

         11.9 Waivers.  Any provision of this  Agreement may be waived only by a
written  instrument  executed by the party to be charged with such  waiver.  The
waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement  shall
not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

         11.10  Attorneys'  Fees.  If there  is any  litigation  or  arbitration
between the parties related to this Agreement or the  transactions  contemplated
by this  Agreement,  the  prevailing

                                       24

<PAGE>

party shall be entitled to recover all reasonable costs and expenses (including,
without limitation,  reasonable attorneys',  accountants' and other professional
fees and expenses).

         11.11  Arbitration of Disputes.  Any dispute  arising from, or relating
to, this  Agreement  shall be resolved  at the request of either  party  through
binding  arbitration.  Within 14 business days after demand for  arbitration has
been made by either  party,  the parties,  and/or their  counsel,  shall meet to
discuss the issues  involved,  to discuss a suitable  arbitrator and arbitration
procedure, and to agree on arbitration rules particularly tailored to the matter
in dispute, with a view to the dispute's prompt, efficient, and just resolution.
Upon the failure of the parties to agree upon  arbitration  rules and procedures
within a reasonable time (not longer than thirty (30) days from the demand), the
Commercial  Arbitration Rules of the American  Arbitration  Association shall be
applicable.  Likewise,  upon  the  failure  of the  parties  to  agree  upon  an
arbitrator  within a reasonable  time (not longer than thirty (30) days from the
demand), there shall be a panel comprised of one (1) arbitrator, to be appointed
by the American  Arbitration  Association.  At least thirty (30) days before the
arbitration  hearing,  the  parties  shall allow each other  reasonable  written
discovery  including the  inspection and copying of documents and other tangible
items  relevant  to the  issues  which are to be  presented  at the  arbitration
hearing.  The arbitrator shall be empowered to decide any disputes regarding the
scope of discovery. Fees for the arbitrator shall be divided equally between the
parties, and the parties will be individually responsible for the payment of the
fees.  The  prevailing  party in any  arbitration,  proceeding  or legal  action
arising  out of, or in  connection  with,  this  Agreement  shall be entitled to
recover its reasonable  attorneys'  fees and costs  incurred in connection  with
such arbitration, proceeding or legal action. The arbitrator shall determine who
the prevailing party is for this purpose.

         The award  rendered by the  arbitrator  shall be final and binding upon
both parties.  The arbitration shall be conducted in San Francisco,  California.
The California  State Superior Court located in San Francisco,  California shall
have exclusive jurisdiction over disputes between the parties in connection with
such  arbitration  and the  enforcement  thereof.  The  parties  consent  to the
jurisdiction  and venue of the  California  State  Superior Court located in San
Francisco, California.  Notwithstanding the fact that the parties have agreed to
have any  disputes  arising  from,  or related  to, this  Agreement  resolved by
binding  arbitration,  such arbitration  provision shall not prevent the parties
from seeking  ancillary or equitable  relief in  connection  therewith  from the
California State Superior Court, including lis pendens and specific performance.

         "NOTICE:  BY INITIALING IN THE SPACE BELOW YOU ARE AGREEING TO HAVE ANY
         DISPUTE  ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS  INCLUDED  IN THE  `ARBITRATION  OF
         DISPUTES'  PROVISION  DECIDED BY NEUTRAL  ARBITRATION  AS  PROVIDED  BY
         CALIFORNIA  LAW AND YOU ARE GIVING UP ANY  RIGHTS YOU MIGHT  POSSESS TO
         HAVE THE DISPUTE  LITIGATED IN A COURT OR JURY TRIAL.  BY INITIALING IN
         THE SPACE BELOW YOU ARE GIVING UP YOUR JUDICIAL RIGHTS TO DISCOVERY AND
         APPEAL,   UNLESS  THOSE  RIGHTS  ARE   SPECIFICALLY   INCLUDED  IN  THE
         `ARBITRATION  OF  DISPUTES'  PROVISION.  IF YOU  REFUSE  TO  SUBMIT  TO
         ARBITRATION

                                       25

<PAGE>

         AFTER  AGREEING TO THIS  PROVISION,  YOU MAY BE  COMPELLED TO ARBITRATE
         UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE  CALIFORNIA  CODE OF CIVIL  PROCEDURE.  YOUR
         AGREEMENT TO THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION IS VOLUNTARY."


BUYER: ___________________________            SELLER: __________________________


                                       26


<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed and delivered on the date first above written.

Buyer:                                      CHALONE WINE GROUP LTD.,
- ------                                      a California corporation



                                            By:  /s/ Thomas B. Selfridge
                                                 --------------------------

                                                 --------------------------

                                            Its: President & CEO
                                                 --------------------------




SELLER:                                          /s/ Peter Ansdell
- -------                                          --------------------------
                                                 PETER ANSDELL



SHW:                                        SHW EQUITY CO.,
- ----                                        a Washington corporation



                                            By:  /s/ Peter Ansdell
                                                 --------------------------
                                                 Peter Ansdell
                                            Its: President


                                       27


<PAGE>


                              SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS


Exhibit A        The Land
Exhibit B        Disclosure Schedule
Exhibit C        Financial Statements
Exhibit D        Opinion of Counsel of SHW
Exhibit E        Opinion of Counsel of the Company
Exhibit F        Release of Seller, Hokuriku and the sellers of the Winery Stock
                 to Hokuriku
Exhibit G        Notices


                                       28

<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit G

                                     Notices



If to the Company or Seller to:             Peter Ansdell
                                            71 Gangl Road
                                            Wapato, WA 98951

         With a copy to:                    R. Corbin Houchins
                                            701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 3600
                                            Seattle, WA 98104-7081

If to Buyer to:                             Tom Selfridge
                                            Chalone Wine Group, Ltd.
                                            621 Airpark Road
                                            Napa, CA 94558-6272
                                            Telephone:  707-254-4200
                                            Facsimile:  707-254-4204

         With a copy to:                    Daniel E. Cohn, Esq.
                                            Farella Braun & Martel LLP
                                            235 Montgomery Street, Suite 3000
                                            San Francisco, CA  94104
                                            Telephone:   415-954-4400
                                            Facsimile:   415-954-4480

                                       29


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     LEGEND THE SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM
     3/31/99 BALANCE SHEETS AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND IS
     QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. LEGEND
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0000742685
<NAME>                        THE CHALONE WINE GROUP, LTD.
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                        MAR-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                           APR-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                             MAR-31-1999
<CASH>                                                       1,670
<SECURITIES>                                                     0
<RECEIVABLES>                                                8,281
<ALLOWANCES>                                                    86
<INVENTORY>                                                 40,926
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                            52,057
<PP&E>                                                      33,591
<DEPRECIATION>                                               3,537
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                             103,471
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                        8,803
<BONDS>                                                      8,500
                                            0
                                                      0
<COMMON>                                                    48,965
<OTHER-SE>                                                   9,326
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                               103,471
<SALES>                                                     43,973
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                            44,935
<CGS>                                                       23,201
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                               34,006
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                                 0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                                53
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                           1,761
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                             11,247
<INCOME-TAX>                                                 4,611
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                          6,636
<DISCONTINUED>                                                   0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                                  0
<CHANGES>                                                        0
<NET-INCOME>                                                 6,636
<EPS-BASIC>                                                 0.77
<EPS-DILUTED>                                                 0.75



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission